CA2192797C - Indolinone compounds for the treatment of disease - Google Patents
Indolinone compounds for the treatment of disease Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2192797C CA2192797C CA002192797A CA2192797A CA2192797C CA 2192797 C CA2192797 C CA 2192797C CA 002192797 A CA002192797 A CA 002192797A CA 2192797 A CA2192797 A CA 2192797A CA 2192797 C CA2192797 C CA 2192797C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- indolinone
- methylene
- alkyl
- aryl
- cells
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 title claims description 43
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 title claims description 12
- JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolin-2-one Chemical class C1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title description 27
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 178
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 104
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 94
- -1 2-butyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 55
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 51
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 45
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 44
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 44
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 37
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000005248 alkyl aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 31
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 27
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 17
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Chemical group C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical group C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical group C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- JZTKNVMVUVSGJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole Chemical compound C=1N=NON=1 JZTKNVMVUVSGJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- XLEDBLKSWOYHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole Chemical compound C=1N=NSN=1 XLEDBLKSWOYHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1 UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- BBVIDBNAYOIXOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-oxadiazole Chemical compound C=1N=CON=1 BBVIDBNAYOIXOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- YGTAZGSLCXNBQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-thiadiazole Chemical compound C=1N=CSN=1 YGTAZGSLCXNBQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- UDGKZGLPXCRRAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,5-thiadiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSN=1 UDGKZGLPXCRRAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- FKASFBLJDCHBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4-oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=NN=CO1 FKASFBLJDCHBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- MBIZXFATKUQOOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4-thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=NN=CS1 MBIZXFATKUQOOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical group C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- YYOXBJRAUDWYMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-sulfonyl-3h-furan Chemical group O=S(=O)=C1CC=CO1 YYOXBJRAUDWYMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-1,2,4-triazole Chemical group C=1N=CNN=1 NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical group C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 6
- JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N furazan Chemical compound C=1C=NON=1 JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical group C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000003584 mesangial cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- CQDAMYNQINDRQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxatriazole Chemical compound C1=NN=NO1 CQDAMYNQINDRQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- YGNGABUJMXJPIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiatriazole Chemical compound C1=NN=NS1 YGNGABUJMXJPIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- WUWDLXZGHZSWQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound N1C(C)=CC(C)=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O WUWDLXZGHZSWQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical group C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- RSEXIUPHAVGKPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3,4-dimethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound CC1=CNC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C RSEXIUPHAVGKPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- WTSKCANGBVHQSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3-methyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CNC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C WTSKCANGBVHQSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- PLONGIHGLJAKNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CSC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C PLONGIHGLJAKNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- PHWIHJQQBCVMOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-methyl-1h-imidazol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound N1C(C)=CN=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O PHWIHJQQBCVMOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- SLWNLXPWBFOSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound S1C(C)=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O SLWNLXPWBFOSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- XLBQNZICMYZIQT-GHXNOFRVSA-N SU5614 Chemical compound N1C(C)=CC(C)=C1\C=C/1C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC\1=O XLBQNZICMYZIQT-GHXNOFRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- CNGIYKVXXNBDFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[4-methyl-2-[(2-oxo-1h-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]-1h-pyrrol-3-yl]propanoate Chemical compound CC1=CNC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1CCC(=O)OC CNGIYKVXXNBDFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010063209 Chronic allograft nephropathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000034841 Thrombotic Microangiopathies Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005841 biaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000009925 nephrosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 claims 4
- KNSAWRXCIVESQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1h-indol-7-yl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC2=C1NC=C2 KNSAWRXCIVESQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- MWBZWKJOGWKJIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-5-nitro-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound N1C(C)=CC(C)=C1C=C1C2=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC=C2NC1=O MWBZWKJOGWKJIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- HKJUJLRPOAIDLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3-ethyl-4,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound CC1=C(C)NC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1CC HKJUJLRPOAIDLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- XZLCDAKBNFQCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-methyl-5-[(2-oxo-1h-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]-1h-pyrrol-3-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CNC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C XZLCDAKBNFQCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- YMPAGHKLHWGSGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3-(1,3-thiazol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)C1=CC1=NC=CS1 YMPAGHKLHWGSGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- BKVUIEOPCYWYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3-[(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound S1C(C)=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC1=O BKVUIEOPCYWYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- MDHFNXSZSHUHCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(diethylamino)-3-(3h-1,2-thiazol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C1=CN1CC=CS1 MDHFNXSZSHUHCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims 2
- SEZFNTZQMWJIAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1H-pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene)-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=CC=CN1 SEZFNTZQMWJIAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- FDJJGAYOTZAUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-ethyl-3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound CCC1=C(C)NC(C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C FDJJGAYOTZAUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- QMTIIBUDOBNABZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(thiophen-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=CC=CS1 QMTIIBUDOBNABZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- GXWWJQTWHQKQEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(1-methyl-5-nitroimidazol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)N(C)C(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=N1 GXWWJQTWHQKQEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- QLHDFRHEOWTWQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-chloro-3,4-dimethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound N1C(Cl)=C(C)C(C)=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O QLHDFRHEOWTWQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- ZQVLFPSEFRVKGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-benzoyl-3-(1h-imidazol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C=1C=C2NC(=O)C(=CC=3NC=CN=3)C2=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZQVLFPSEFRVKGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- IHLFVHQYUBFKRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-nitro-3-(1h-pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C2C1=CC1=CC=CN1 IHLFVHQYUBFKRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 208000007342 Diabetic Nephropathies Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims 1
- 208000033679 diabetic kidney disease Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 208000016097 disease of metabolism Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- GJEFYBYFHDVNIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2,4-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-1,3-dihydroindol-3-yl)-1h-pyrrole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C GJEFYBYFHDVNIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 244
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 157
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 118
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 112
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 111
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 91
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 89
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 82
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 75
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 61
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 60
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 47
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 46
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 46
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 44
- 108091008598 receptor tyrosine kinases Proteins 0.000 description 41
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 40
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 38
- 102000027426 receptor tyrosine kinases Human genes 0.000 description 38
- 239000006180 TBST buffer Substances 0.000 description 37
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 37
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 36
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 34
- OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N azane;(2e)-3-ethyl-2-[(e)-(3-ethyl-6-sulfo-1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylidene)hydrazinylidene]-1,3-benzothiazole-6-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].S/1C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N(CC)C\1=N/N=C1/SC2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N1CC OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N 0.000 description 33
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 31
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 31
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 29
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 28
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 27
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 27
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 26
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 22
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 21
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 21
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 20
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 19
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 19
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 19
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 5-bromodeoxyuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 18
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- PCKPVGOLPKLUHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N OH-Indolxyl Natural products C1=CC=C2C(O)=CNC2=C1 PCKPVGOLPKLUHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 18
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 17
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 17
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 17
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 15
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 15
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 15
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 14
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 13
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 13
- 108010053099 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-2 Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 11
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 102000052116 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108700015053 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine Chemical compound CC1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(N)=C(C)C=2)=C1 UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 10
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 10
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 10
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-[[6-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]phenyl]cyclopropanecarboxamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(NC=2N=CN=C(NC=3C=C(NC(=O)C4CC4)C=CC=3)C=2)=C1 YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 10
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 10
- 102000037979 non-receptor tyrosine kinases Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108091008046 non-receptor tyrosine kinases Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102000013415 peroxidase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102100033177 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 8
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000021186 dishes Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000003642 hunger Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 230000037351 starvation Effects 0.000 description 6
- YRNWIFYIFSBPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-n,n-dimethylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 YRNWIFYIFSBPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 101150029707 ERBB2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108090000386 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100031706 Fibroblast growth factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 5
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 5
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000003305 autocrine Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- SXQCTESRRZBPHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lissamine rhodamine Chemical compound [Na+].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O SXQCTESRRZBPHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229940126619 mouse monoclonal antibody Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 5
- DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphotyrosine Chemical group OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1 DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 5
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000599951 Homo sapiens Insulin-like growth factor I Proteins 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100037852 Insulin-like growth factor I Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000014400 SH2 domains Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108050003452 SH2 domains Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 4
- HLXRWTJXGMHOFN-XJSNKYLASA-N Verbenalin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1OC=C([C@H]2C(=O)C[C@H](C)[C@H]21)C(=O)OC)[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HLXRWTJXGMHOFN-XJSNKYLASA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000012888 bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002701 cell growth assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000003625 skull Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium pyruvate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)C([O-])=O DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium vanadate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- PCDWFBFHIIKIPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-2h-1,3-benzothiazole-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(CC)C(S(O)(=O)=O)SC2=C1 PCDWFBFHIIKIPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010081589 Becaplermin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000009465 Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010009202 Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010031794 IGF Type 1 Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003746 Insulin Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010001127 Insulin Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100039688 Insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100037787 Protein-tyrosine kinase 2-beta Human genes 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000004761 scalp Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004862 vasculogenesis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- UAKWLVYMKBWHMX-RVDMUPIBSA-N (3e)-3-[[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\C=C\1C2=CC=CC=C2NC/1=O UAKWLVYMKBWHMX-RVDMUPIBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(butanoylsulfanyl)propyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(SC(=O)CCC)CSC(=O)CCC NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YWGKOEQZKMSICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-4-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=O)C(Cl)=C1 YWGKOEQZKMSICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- PGZGBDVILWVGSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(furan-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=CC=CO1 PGZGBDVILWVGSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FOCIUAMIIIGKCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(4,5-dimethylfuran-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O1C(C)=C(C)C=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O FOCIUAMIIIGKCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQFLTUZKIRYQSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-2h-1,3-benzothiazole-6-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C2N(CC)CSC2=C1 HQFLTUZKIRYQSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FOAQOAXQMISINY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-morpholin-4-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1N1CCOCC1 FOAQOAXQMISINY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010003571 Astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010599 BrdU assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000005623 Carcinogenesis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 240000006497 Dianthus caryophyllus Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000009355 Dianthus caryophyllus Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000975394 Evechinus chloroticus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091008794 FGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101000692455 Homo sapiens Platelet-derived growth factor receptor beta Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical group [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000851196 Mus musculus Pro-epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100268066 Mus musculus Zap70 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100026547 Platelet-derived growth factor receptor beta Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J Trypan blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3C)C=3C=C(C(=CC=3)\N=N\C=3C(=CC4=CC(=CC(N)=C4C=3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)=C(O)C2=C1N GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 206010064390 Tumour invasion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HLXRWTJXGMHOFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Verbenalin Natural products C12C(C)CC(=O)C2C(C(=O)OC)=COC1OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HLXRWTJXGMHOFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000036952 cancer formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009400 cancer invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008004 cell lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108700010039 chimeric receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000521 hyperimmunizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003037 imidazol-2-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000814 indol-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2N([H])C([H])=C([*])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 108010042209 insulin receptor tyrosine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 208000037841 lung tumor Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000004216 mammary stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004287 oxazol-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])N=C(*)O1 0.000 description 2
- 125000003145 oxazol-4-yl group Chemical group O1C=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- ZRSNZINYAWTAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 ZRSNZINYAWTAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- DCWXELXMIBXGTH-QMMMGPOBSA-N phosphonotyrosine Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1 DCWXELXMIBXGTH-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229940054269 sodium pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000338 sulforhodamine B assay Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000003210 sulforhodamine B staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008399 tap water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020679 tap water Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940121358 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005483 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMTIIBUDOBNABZ-FLIBITNWSA-N (3z)-3-(thiophen-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2\C1=C\C1=CC=CS1 QMTIIBUDOBNABZ-FLIBITNWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXJAAQOVTDUZPS-RAXLEYEMSA-N (3z)-3-benzylidene-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2\C1=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 SXJAAQOVTDUZPS-RAXLEYEMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUTKICFRNVKFRG-WDSKDSINSA-N (4R)-3-[oxo-[(2S)-5-oxo-2-pyrrolidinyl]methyl]-4-thiazolidinecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CSCN1C(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1 UUTKICFRNVKFRG-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004521 1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl group Chemical group S1C(=NN=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- CPKVUHPKYQGHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one;molecular iodine Chemical compound II.C=CN1CCCC1=O CPKVUHPKYQGHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLSKXGRDUPMXLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylpiperidine Chemical compound C1CCCCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 LLSKXGRDUPMXLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynonadecane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C(O)=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- OJFOWGWQOFZNNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dimethyl-1h-pyrrole Chemical compound CC1=CNC=C1C OJFOWGWQOFZNNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRJDGBKOYYAJJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dimethyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound CC1=CNC(C=O)=C1C LRJDGBKOYYAJJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAIQQPXZQWDTKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,2-oxazol-3-ylmethylidene)-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC=1C=CON=1 HAIQQPXZQWDTKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HEECDIPRACXFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,2-oxazol-4-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC=1C=NOC=1 HEECDIPRACXFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIVFUZVQNPXLOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,2-oxazol-5-ylmethylidene)-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=CC=NO1 JIVFUZVQNPXLOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXDNPNGCNBFDHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,2-thiazol-4-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC=1C=NSC=1 SXDNPNGCNBFDHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZNPHDINXDXTIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylmethylidene)-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=NN=CS1 FZNPHDINXDXTIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTEVUROINSMDTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=CSC=N1 FTEVUROINSMDTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXUJVLINOIOURB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,3-thiazol-5-ylmethylidene)-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound S1C=NC=C1C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O.S1C=NC=C1C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O KXUJVLINOIOURB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYCSNJCJOVQGBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1-cyclopropyl-2h-pyridin-4-yl)-1h-quinolin-2-one Chemical class O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=C1C(C=C1)=CCN1C1CC1 RYCSNJCJOVQGBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTDQQAKBXJFUJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1H-pyrazol-5-ylmethylidene)-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC=1C=CNN=1 FTDQQAKBXJFUJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVQCEOUTMUKWRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-imidazol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=NC=CN1 OVQCEOUTMUKWRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKWZMUPIAYAJFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2H-triazol-4-ylmethylidene)-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2C1=CC1=CNN=N1 OKWZMUPIAYAJFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSUCIBGSTGQSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(1-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound CN1C=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O WSUCIBGSTGQSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYRBKABEACMFAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3,5-diiodo-4-methyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound CC1=C(I)NC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1I OYRBKABEACMFAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGCKMTQNGWQKEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3-bromothiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CSC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1Br ZGCKMTQNGWQKEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNHNJRXRPIVCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(4-chloro-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methylidene]-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound ClC=1C(=NNC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O.ClC=1C(=NNC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O VNHNJRXRPIVCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQIKUAJJHPLOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(4-ethyl-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound C(C)C=1C(=C(NC1C)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)C.C(C)C=1C(=C(NC1C)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)C VQIKUAJJHPLOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMVNQDRMYNSLOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound CC1=CSC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1 SMVNQDRMYNSLOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHCHDNMIDAELNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-bromofuran-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O1C(Br)=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O RHCHDNMIDAELNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZBKOXVQRICMQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-ethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound N1C(CC)=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O WZBKOXVQRICMQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFRZHGSWQHNIEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-ethylthiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound S1C(CC)=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O MFRZHGSWQHNIEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTBDNVGJSDOOSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound S1C(C)=CN=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O KTBDNVGJSDOOSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWJWWZSAYOTJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-methylfuran-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O1C(C)=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O DWJWWZSAYOTJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEISFUIEFYIRAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(5-methylsulfanylthiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound S1C(SC)=CC=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O FEISFUIEFYIRAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVYOODYJHSTSRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyrrol-2-yl]methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=CC(N2C(=CC=C2)C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1 XVYOODYJHSTSRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUHSVKBOFOFECX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[4-bromo-2-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]pyrazol-3-yl]methylidene]-1H-indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1CN1C(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C(Br)C=N1 WUHSVKBOFOFECX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPXRTVAIJMUAQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(9h-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-1-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C(C(O)=O)N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC1NC(=O)OCC1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C21 UPXRTVAIJMUAQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVXCGIPRXBJIRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylthiophene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound CC1=CSC(C=O)=C1 HVXCGIPRXBJIRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHQRDEDZJIFJAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 FHQRDEDZJIFJAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILJVPSVCFVQUAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-piperidin-1-ylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1N1CCCCC1 ILJVPSVCFVQUAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- CGSVRWKSCVFMLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[(2-oxo-1H-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C(=O)(O)C=1SC(=CC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O.C(=O)(O)C=1SC(=CC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O CGSVRWKSCVFMLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLWYMEPCEGWVNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3-(1h-imidazol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)C1=CC1=NC=CN1 OLWYMEPCEGWVNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYFAEBVHHBJQER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3-(1h-pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)C1=CC1=CC=CN1 SYFAEBVHHBJQER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZKZHXQIVIEIAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3-[(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)methylidene]-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CSC(C=C2C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C WZKZHXQIVIEIAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKXYTFTZODXDEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylsulfanylthiophene-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound CSC1=CC=C(C=O)S1 RKXYTFTZODXDEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUKMQWDTHJLSMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitro-3-(1h-pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C12=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C2NC(=O)C1=CC1=CC=CN1 UUKMQWDTHJLSMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDYVUKGVKRZQNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-phosphonohexylphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)CCCCCCP(O)(O)=O WDYVUKGVKRZQNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEIVCDDCSGGZSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-[3-[(3-formylphenoxy)methyl]-1,5-dimethylpyrazol-4-yl]-3-(3-naphthalen-1-yloxypropyl)-1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound Cc1c(c(COc2cccc(C=O)c2)nn1C)-c1cccc2c(CCCOc3cccc4ccccc34)c([nH]c12)C(O)=O XEIVCDDCSGGZSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000007299 Amphiregulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033760 Amphiregulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N Amphotericin-B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000023514 Barrett esophagus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OGBVRMYSNSKIEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzylphosphonic acid Chemical class OP(O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OGBVRMYSNSKIEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000056058 Betacellulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800001382 Betacellulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005949 Bone cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018084 Bone neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- YIWCBBJPPIFZOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N BrC=1SC(=CC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O.BrC=1SC(=CC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O Chemical compound BrC=1SC(=CC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O.BrC=1SC(=CC1)C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O YIWCBBJPPIFZOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100381481 Caenorhabditis elegans baz-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100423891 Caenorhabditis elegans qars-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005156 Dehydration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100130497 Drosophila melanogaster Mical gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710204837 Envelope small membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZFDIRQKJPRINOQ-HWKANZROSA-N Ethyl crotonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C\C ZFDIRQKJPRINOQ-HWKANZROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100023600 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710182389 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027842 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710182396 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027844 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010268 HPLC based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000018710 Heparin-binding EGF-like Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800001649 Heparin-binding EGF-like growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000917134 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001005128 Homo sapiens LIM domain kinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026023 LIM domain kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710145006 Lysis protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100003131 Mus musculus Atp8b1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100345589 Mus musculus Mical1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001504654 Mustela nivalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204031 Mycoplasma Species 0.000 description 1
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102400000058 Neuregulin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000556 Neuregulin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010060860 Neurological symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPFDLAMUFHFVOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N O1C=NC=C1C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O.O1C=NC=C1C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O Chemical compound O1C=NC=C1C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O.O1C=NC=C1C=C1C(NC2=CC=CC=C12)=O FPFDLAMUFHFVOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010058765 Oncogene Protein pp60(v-src) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000609499 Palicourea Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002642 Polysorbate 65 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000153 Povidone-iodine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000052575 Proto-Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020978 Proto-Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016971 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-kit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014608 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-kit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000088415 Raphanus sativus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006140 Raphanus sativus var sativus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100496572 Rattus norvegicus C6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100372762 Rattus norvegicus Flt1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029986 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710100969 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029981 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710100963 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000220317 Rosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108060006706 SRC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001332 SRC Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220497176 Small vasohibin-binding protein_T47D_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000033781 Thyroid carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024770 Thyroid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000838698 Togo Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010053096 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033178 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000005874 Vilsmeier-Haack formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047924 Wheezing Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000683 abdominal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- WCXDHFDTOYPNIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetamiprid Chemical compound N#CN=C(C)N(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)N=C1 WCXDHFDTOYPNIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940040563 agaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N amphotericin B Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003942 amphotericin b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004596 appetite loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011775 arteriosclerosis disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007640 basal medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical group C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010989 colorectal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006552 constitutive activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004246 corpus luteum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- RCJVRSBWZCNNQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloridooxygen Chemical compound ClOCl RCJVRSBWZCNNQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J diphosphate(4-) Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032625 disorder of ear Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002183 duodenal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013020 embryo development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008472 epithelial growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012259 ether extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethionamide Chemical compound CCC1=CC(C(N)=S)=CC=N1 AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXLGPOSFYVASRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-3-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)-5-[(2-oxo-1h-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]-1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound N1C(C(=O)OCC)=C(CCC(=O)OCC)C(CC(=O)OCC)=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2NC1=O YXLGPOSFYVASRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMDOYVVZUVZLHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-methyl-1h-pyrrole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CNC=C1C MMDOYVVZUVZLHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDISALBEIGGPER-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 5-formyl-2,4-dimethyl-1h-pyrrole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C=O)=C1C GDISALBEIGGPER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISNBJLXHBBZKSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-[2-(1,3-benzothiazole-2-carbonylamino)thiophene-3-carbonyl]carbamate Chemical compound C1=CSC(NC(=O)C=2SC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)=C1C(=O)NC(=O)OCC ISNBJLXHBBZKSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021045 exocrine pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013401 experimental design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000052178 fibroblast growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091071773 flk family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- HKIOYBQGHSTUDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N folpet Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(SC(Cl)(Cl)Cl)C(=O)C2=C1 HKIOYBQGHSTUDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010749 gastric carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003370 grooming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003324 growth hormone secretagogue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000011066 hemangioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005787 hematologic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024200 hematopoietic and lymphoid system neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000844 hepatocellular carcinoma Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 102000043827 human Smooth muscle Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700038605 human Smooth muscle Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000005119 human aortic smooth muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002140 imidazol-4-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=NC([*])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000002991 immunohistochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031146 intracellular signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001793 isothiazol-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=NS1 0.000 description 1
- 125000004500 isothiazol-4-yl group Chemical group S1N=CC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004501 isothiazol-5-yl group Chemical group S1N=CC=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004184 ketamine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940015418 ketaset Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000021 kinase assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000636 lethal dose Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021266 loss of appetite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000019017 loss of appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018883 loss of balance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010027191 meningioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LZTAFPUXTIMHDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 5-chloro-4-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-2-[(2-oxo-1h-indol-3-ylidene)methyl]-1h-pyrrole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC1=C(Cl)NC(C=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=C1C(=O)OC LZTAFPUXTIMHDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPRRHERYRRXBRZ-SRVKXCTJSA-N methyl n-[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-hydroxy-3-[(3s)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl]propan-2-yl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound COC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)C[C@@H]1CCNC1=O CPRRHERYRRXBRZ-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000066 myeloid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BUYMVQAILCEWRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N naled Chemical compound COP(=O)(OC)OC(Br)C(Cl)(Cl)Br BUYMVQAILCEWRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000014399 negative regulation of angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000590 oncogenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002246 oncogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000027450 oncoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008819 oncoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000033667 organ regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003791 organic solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004303 peritoneum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZTJYBJCZXZGCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylpiperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 YZTJYBJCZXZGCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068886 polyethylene glycol 300 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010988 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001816 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940099511 polysorbate 65 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001621 povidone-iodine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000023958 prostate neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000029983 protein stabilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004497 pyrazol-5-yl group Chemical group N1N=CC=C1* 0.000 description 1
- BGUWFUQJCDRPTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=NC=C1 BGUWFUQJCDRPTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940048084 pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical class N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100486 rice starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003346 selenoethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J sodium diphosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 229940048086 sodium pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012439 solid excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000498 stomach carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012353 t test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 240000003177 tenweeks stock Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019818 tetrasodium diphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001577 tetrasodium phosphonato phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000002510 thyroid cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000013077 thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZFDIRQKJPRINOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N transbutenic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCOC(=O)C=CC ZFDIRQKJPRINOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000027257 transmembrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008578 transmembrane receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005748 tumor development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005740 tumor formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003606 umbilical vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- LSGOVYNHVSXFFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadate(3-) Chemical compound [O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O LSGOVYNHVSXFFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940100445 wheat starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002689 xenotransplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000166 zirconium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/02—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the hypothalamic hormones, e.g. TRH, GnRH, CRH, GRH, somatostatin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/06—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/06—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH
- A61P5/08—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of the anterior pituitary hormones
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/10—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the posterior pituitary hormones, e.g. oxytocin, ADH
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/32—Oxygen atoms
- C07D209/34—Oxygen atoms in position 2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Indole Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to organic molecules capable of modulating tyrosine kinase signal transduction in order to regulate, modulate and/or inhibit abnormal cell proliferation.
Description
INI)OhINONE COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE
1. INTRODUCTI IJN
The present invention relates to novel compounds capable of modulating, :regulating and/or inhibiting tyrosine kinase signal transduction. The present invention is also directed to methods of regulating, modulating or inhibiting tyrosine kinases, whether of the receptor or non-receptor class, for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders related to unregulated tyrosine kinase signal transduction, including cell proliferat:ive and metabolic disorders.
1. INTRODUCTI IJN
The present invention relates to novel compounds capable of modulating, :regulating and/or inhibiting tyrosine kinase signal transduction. The present invention is also directed to methods of regulating, modulating or inhibiting tyrosine kinases, whether of the receptor or non-receptor class, for the prevention and/or treatment of disorders related to unregulated tyrosine kinase signal transduction, including cell proliferat:ive and metabolic disorders.
2. BACKGROUND OF THE INDENTION
Protein tyrosine kinases (PTKs) comprise a large and diverse class o:E proteins having enzymatic activity. The PTKs play an im~~ortant role in the control of cell growth and differentiation (for review, see Schlessinger & Ullrich, 1992, Neuron 9::383-391).
For example=, receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction is initiated by extracellular interaction with a specific growth factor (ligand), followed by receptor dimerization, transient stimulation of the intrinsic protein tyrosine kinase activity and phosphorylation. Binding sites are thereby created for intracellular signal transduction molecules and lead to the formation of complexes with a spectrum of cytoplasmic signalling molecules that facilitate the appropriate cellular response (e.g., cell division, .
metabolic effects to the extracellular microenvironment).
See, Schlessing~=r and LTllrich, 1992, Neuron 9:383-391.
With respe~~t to receptor tyrosine kinases, it has been shown also that tyrosine phosphorylation sites function as high-affinity binding sites for SH2 (src homology) domains of signaling molecules. Fantl et al., 1992, Cell 69:413-423;
Songyang e~ al., 1994, :~~01. Cell. Biol. 14:2777-2785);
A
l .?
L I ~J~I ~~
Songyang et a.Z., 1993, Cell 72:767-778; and Koch et al., 1991, Science 252:668-678. Several intracellular substrate proteins that associate with receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) have been identified. They may be divided into two principal groups: (1) substrates which have a catalytic domain; and (2) substrates which lack such domain but serve as adapters and associate with catalytically active molecules. Songyang et al., 1993, Ce_L1 72:767-778. The specificity of the interactions between receptors or proteins and SH2 domains of their substrai~es is determined by the amino acid residues immediately surrounding the phosphorylated tyrosine residue.
Differences in the binding affinities between SH2 domains and the amino acid sequences surrounding the phosphotyrosine residues on particular receptors are consistent with the observed diffE:rences in their substrate phosphorylation profiles. Songyang et al., 1993, Cell 72:767-778. These observations :suggest that the function of each receptor tyrosine kinase is .determined not only by its pattern of expression anti liga:nd availability but also by the array of downstream signal t:ransduction pathways that are activated by a particular receptor. Thus, phosphorylation provides an important regulatory step which determines the selectivity of signaling pathways :recruited by specific growth factor receptors, as well .as differentiation factor receptors.
Aberrant expression or mutations in the PTKs have been shown to lead to either uncontrolled cell proliferation (e. g.
malignant tumor growth) or to defects in key developmental processes. Consequently, the biomedical community has expended significant resources to discover the specific biological ro7_e of members of the PTK family, their function in differentiation processes, their involvement in tumorigenesis and in other diseases, the biochemical mechanisms underlying their signal transduction pathways activated upon ligand stimulation and the development of novel drugs.
Tyrosine kinases can be of the receptor-type (having extracellular, transmembrane and intracellular domains) or the non-receptor type (being wholly intracellular).
Receptor Tyrosine Kinases. The RTKs comprise a large family of transmembrane receptors with diverse biological activities. The intrinsic function of RTKs is activated upon ligand binding, which results in phosphorylation of the receptor and multiple cellular substrates, and subsequently in a variety of cellular responses. Ullrich & Schlessinger, 1990, Cell 61:203-212.
At present, at least nineteen (19) distinct RTK
subfamilies have been identified. One RTK subfamily, designated the HER subfamily, is believed to be comprised of EGFR, HER2, HER3 and HER4. Ligands to the HER subfamily of receptors include epithelial growth factor (EGF), TGF-a, amphiregulin, HB-EGF, betacellulin and heregulin.
A second family of RTKs, designated the insulin subfamily, is comprised of the INS-R, the IGF-1R and the IR-R. A third family, the "PDGF" subfamily includes the PDGF a and ~i receptors; CSFIR, c-kit and FLK-II. Another subfamily of RTKs, identified as the FLK family, is believed to be comprised of the Kinase insert Domain-Receptor fetal liver kinase-1 (KDR/FLK-1), the fetal liver kinase 4 (FLK-4) and the fms-like tyrosine kinase 1 (flt-1). Each of these receptors was initially believed to be receptors for hematopoietic growth factors. Two other subfamilies of RTKs have been designated as the FGF receptor family (FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3 and FGFR4) and the Met subfamily (c-met and Ron) .
Because of the similarities between the PDGF and FLK
subfamilies, the two subfamilies are often considered together. The known RTK subfamilies are identified in Plowman et al., 1994, DN&P 7(6):334-339, The Non-Receptor Tyrosine Itiaases. The non-receptor tyrosine kinases represent a collection of cellular enzymes which lack extracellular and transmembrane sequences. At present, over twenty-four individual non-receptor tyrosine kinases, comprising eleven (11) subfamilies (Src, Frk, Htk, Csk, Abl, Zap70, Fes/Fps, Fak, Jak, Ack and LIMK) have been identified. At present, the Src subfamily of non-receptor tyrosine kinases is comprised of the largest number of PTKs and include Src, Yes, Fyn, Lyn, Lck, Blk, Hck, Fgr and Yrk.
The Src subfamily of enzymes has been linked to oncogenesis.
A more detailed discussion of non-receptor tyrosine kinases is provided in Bolen, 1993, Oncogene 8:2025-2031.
Many of the tyrosine kinases, whether an RTK or non-receptor tyrosine kinase, have been found to be involved in cellular signaling pathways leading to cellular signal assays signalling pathways leading to pathogenic conditions, including cancer, psoriasis and hyper immune response.
Development Of Compounds To Modulate The PTIts. In view of the surmised importance of PTKs to the control, regulation and modulation of cell proliferation and the diseases and disorders associated with abnormal cell proliferation, many attempts have been made to identify receptor and non-receptor tyrosine kinase "inhibitors" using a variety of approaches, including the use of mutant ligands (U.S. Application No.
Protein tyrosine kinases (PTKs) comprise a large and diverse class o:E proteins having enzymatic activity. The PTKs play an im~~ortant role in the control of cell growth and differentiation (for review, see Schlessinger & Ullrich, 1992, Neuron 9::383-391).
For example=, receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction is initiated by extracellular interaction with a specific growth factor (ligand), followed by receptor dimerization, transient stimulation of the intrinsic protein tyrosine kinase activity and phosphorylation. Binding sites are thereby created for intracellular signal transduction molecules and lead to the formation of complexes with a spectrum of cytoplasmic signalling molecules that facilitate the appropriate cellular response (e.g., cell division, .
metabolic effects to the extracellular microenvironment).
See, Schlessing~=r and LTllrich, 1992, Neuron 9:383-391.
With respe~~t to receptor tyrosine kinases, it has been shown also that tyrosine phosphorylation sites function as high-affinity binding sites for SH2 (src homology) domains of signaling molecules. Fantl et al., 1992, Cell 69:413-423;
Songyang e~ al., 1994, :~~01. Cell. Biol. 14:2777-2785);
A
l .?
L I ~J~I ~~
Songyang et a.Z., 1993, Cell 72:767-778; and Koch et al., 1991, Science 252:668-678. Several intracellular substrate proteins that associate with receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) have been identified. They may be divided into two principal groups: (1) substrates which have a catalytic domain; and (2) substrates which lack such domain but serve as adapters and associate with catalytically active molecules. Songyang et al., 1993, Ce_L1 72:767-778. The specificity of the interactions between receptors or proteins and SH2 domains of their substrai~es is determined by the amino acid residues immediately surrounding the phosphorylated tyrosine residue.
Differences in the binding affinities between SH2 domains and the amino acid sequences surrounding the phosphotyrosine residues on particular receptors are consistent with the observed diffE:rences in their substrate phosphorylation profiles. Songyang et al., 1993, Cell 72:767-778. These observations :suggest that the function of each receptor tyrosine kinase is .determined not only by its pattern of expression anti liga:nd availability but also by the array of downstream signal t:ransduction pathways that are activated by a particular receptor. Thus, phosphorylation provides an important regulatory step which determines the selectivity of signaling pathways :recruited by specific growth factor receptors, as well .as differentiation factor receptors.
Aberrant expression or mutations in the PTKs have been shown to lead to either uncontrolled cell proliferation (e. g.
malignant tumor growth) or to defects in key developmental processes. Consequently, the biomedical community has expended significant resources to discover the specific biological ro7_e of members of the PTK family, their function in differentiation processes, their involvement in tumorigenesis and in other diseases, the biochemical mechanisms underlying their signal transduction pathways activated upon ligand stimulation and the development of novel drugs.
Tyrosine kinases can be of the receptor-type (having extracellular, transmembrane and intracellular domains) or the non-receptor type (being wholly intracellular).
Receptor Tyrosine Kinases. The RTKs comprise a large family of transmembrane receptors with diverse biological activities. The intrinsic function of RTKs is activated upon ligand binding, which results in phosphorylation of the receptor and multiple cellular substrates, and subsequently in a variety of cellular responses. Ullrich & Schlessinger, 1990, Cell 61:203-212.
At present, at least nineteen (19) distinct RTK
subfamilies have been identified. One RTK subfamily, designated the HER subfamily, is believed to be comprised of EGFR, HER2, HER3 and HER4. Ligands to the HER subfamily of receptors include epithelial growth factor (EGF), TGF-a, amphiregulin, HB-EGF, betacellulin and heregulin.
A second family of RTKs, designated the insulin subfamily, is comprised of the INS-R, the IGF-1R and the IR-R. A third family, the "PDGF" subfamily includes the PDGF a and ~i receptors; CSFIR, c-kit and FLK-II. Another subfamily of RTKs, identified as the FLK family, is believed to be comprised of the Kinase insert Domain-Receptor fetal liver kinase-1 (KDR/FLK-1), the fetal liver kinase 4 (FLK-4) and the fms-like tyrosine kinase 1 (flt-1). Each of these receptors was initially believed to be receptors for hematopoietic growth factors. Two other subfamilies of RTKs have been designated as the FGF receptor family (FGFRl, FGFR2, FGFR3 and FGFR4) and the Met subfamily (c-met and Ron) .
Because of the similarities between the PDGF and FLK
subfamilies, the two subfamilies are often considered together. The known RTK subfamilies are identified in Plowman et al., 1994, DN&P 7(6):334-339, The Non-Receptor Tyrosine Itiaases. The non-receptor tyrosine kinases represent a collection of cellular enzymes which lack extracellular and transmembrane sequences. At present, over twenty-four individual non-receptor tyrosine kinases, comprising eleven (11) subfamilies (Src, Frk, Htk, Csk, Abl, Zap70, Fes/Fps, Fak, Jak, Ack and LIMK) have been identified. At present, the Src subfamily of non-receptor tyrosine kinases is comprised of the largest number of PTKs and include Src, Yes, Fyn, Lyn, Lck, Blk, Hck, Fgr and Yrk.
The Src subfamily of enzymes has been linked to oncogenesis.
A more detailed discussion of non-receptor tyrosine kinases is provided in Bolen, 1993, Oncogene 8:2025-2031.
Many of the tyrosine kinases, whether an RTK or non-receptor tyrosine kinase, have been found to be involved in cellular signaling pathways leading to cellular signal assays signalling pathways leading to pathogenic conditions, including cancer, psoriasis and hyper immune response.
Development Of Compounds To Modulate The PTIts. In view of the surmised importance of PTKs to the control, regulation and modulation of cell proliferation and the diseases and disorders associated with abnormal cell proliferation, many attempts have been made to identify receptor and non-receptor tyrosine kinase "inhibitors" using a variety of approaches, including the use of mutant ligands (U.S. Application No.
4,966,849), soluble receptors and antibodies (Application No.
W0 94/10202; Kendall & Thomas, 1994, Proc. Nat'1 Acad. Sci 90:10705-09; Kim, et al., 1993, Nature 362:841-844), RNA
ligands (Jellinek, et al., Eiochemistry 33:10450-56);
Takano, et al., 1993, Mol. Hio. Cell 4:358A; Kinsella, et al., 1992, Exp. Cell Res. 199:56-62; Wright, et al., 1992, J.
Cellular Phys. 152:448-57) and tyrosine kinase inhibitors (WO
94/03427; WO 92/21660; WO 91/15495; WO 94/14808; U.S. Patent No. 5,330,992; Mariani, et al., 1994, Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 35:2268).
More recently, attempts have been made to identify small molecules which act as tyrosine kinase inhibitors. For example, bis monocyclic, bicyclic or heterocyclic aryl compounds (PCT WO 92/20642), vinylene-azaindole derivatives (PCT WO 94/14808) and 1-cyclopropyl-4-pyridyl-quinolones .. ' ~ ~ ~~i 97 (U.S. Patent :~o. 5,330,992) have been described generally as tyrosine kina;se inhibitors. Styryl compounds (U. S. Patent No. 5,217,999), styryl-substituted pyridyl compounds (U. S.
Patent No. 5,:302,606), certain quinazoline derivatives (EP
Application No. 0 566 266 A1), seleoindoles and selenides (PCT WO 94/03~~27), tricyclic polyhydroxylic compounds (PCT WO
92/21660) and benzylphosphonic acid compounds (PCT WO
91/15495) havc: been described as compounds for use as tyrosine kina:~e inhibitors for use in the treatment of 1o cancer.
The ideni~ification of effective small compounds which specifically _Lnhibit signal transduction by modulating the activity of receptor and non-receptor tyrosine kinases to regulate and modulate abnormal or inappropriate cell proliferation is therefore desirable and the object of this invention.
3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to organic molecules capable of modulating, regulating and/or inhibiting tyrosine kinase signal transduction. Such compounds are useful for the treatment of di:~eases related to unregulated TKS
transduction, including cell proliferative diseases such as cancer, atherosclerosis, arthritis and restenosis and metabolic disE:ases :such as diabetes.
In one illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the formula:
OR
X u (I) / _Rs R5 w /~ R2 'N
R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein ~i92797 R1 is H c>r alkyl;
RZ i s O c>r S ;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R", and R, are each independently selected from the group con;~isting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nC02R, and CONRIZ' ;
R3, , R5, , .and R6" are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CHz ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
X is Br, C1, F or I;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In another illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the 2o present invention have the formula:
NRaRb Rs v I
RS' (II) .
~R' R. ~.~ s Rs ~ 'N
R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alky7L;
RZ is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R,, R6, and R, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, all~aryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCOaR, and CONRR' ;
Rz. , R3, , R5. , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHZ ) nCOaR, and CONRR' ;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl and C(O)R, or NRaRb taken together may be a heterocyclic ring of from 3 to 8 atoms optionally substituted at one or more positions with hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR', S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR', OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHz) "C02R, or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In yet another illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the formula:
A
Rs (III) ~~~'N
s 3o R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
35 R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR', S03R, SR, N02, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CHZ ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S (O) R, SO~NRR' , S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHZ) nCO2R Or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In still another illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the formula:
2 5 ~ ~ R5 RO
( Iv ) Rs R4 CRs R5 ~
~ /'-R2 R~ ~ ' N
3 0 R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
35 R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, - g _ aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NOa, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCOZR, and CONRR' ;
R3. , R4. , R5. , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a final illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the.
present invention have the formula:
~5 (V) R
Re and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Rl is H or alkyl;
Rz is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, Rs, and R~ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, NOz, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCO2R and CONRR' ;
RZ. , R3. , R5. , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, g R~ rct ~ ~ '~~ 797 S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHZ ) nCO2R and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
Z is Br, C1, F,, I, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-x~utyl or tert-butyl;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
The present invention is further directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of the above-described compounds of formulae I-V and a pharmaceui:ically acceptable carrier or excipient.
Such a composition is believed to modulate signal transduction ~~y a tyrosine kinase, either by inhibition of catalytic activity, affinity to ATP or ability to interact with a substrate.
More particularly, the compositions of the present invention may be included in methods for treating diseases comprising proliferation, fibrotic or metabolic disorders, for example cancer, fibrosis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, arthritis, and. other- disorders related to abnormal vasculogenesis and/or angiogenesis, such as diabetic retinopathy.
4. DETAILED DESCR7CPTION OF THE INVENTION
4.1. Definitions "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases and which are obtained by reaction with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic: acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
"Alkyl" refers to a straight-chain, branched or cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon. Preferably, the alkyl group has 1 to 12 carbons.. More preferably, it is a lower alkyl of from 1 to 7 carbons,, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons. Typical alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like. The alkyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents se7.ected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, cyano, alkoxy, =O, =S, N02, halogen, N(CH3)2 amino, and SH.
"Alkenyl" :refers to a straight-chain, branched or cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bend. Preferably, the alkenyl group has 1 to 12 carbons. More pre:ferably~it is a lower alkenyl of from 1 to 7 carbons, mere preferably 1 to 4 carbons. The alkenyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selectedl from the group consisting of hydroxyl, cyano, alkoxy, --O, _~~, NOz, halogen, N(CH3)2 amino, and SH.
"Alkynyl" refer; to a straight-chain, branched or cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Preferably, the alkynyl group has 1 to 12 carbons. More preferably it is a lower alkynyl of from 1 to 7 carbons, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons. The alkynyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, cyano, alkoxy, =O, =S, N02, halogen, N(CH3)z amino, and SH.
"Alkoxy" refers to an "-Oalkyl" group.
"Aryl" refers to an aromatic group which has at least one ring having a conjugated pi electron system and includes carbocyclic aryl, het:erocyclic aryl and biaryl groups. The aryl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, trihalomethyl, hydroxyl, SH, OH, NO2, amine, thioether, cyano, alkoxy, alkyl, and amino.
"Alkaryl" refer: to an alkyl that is covalently joined to an aryl group. Preferably, the alkyl is a lower alkyl.
"Carbocyclic aryl" refers to an aryl group wherein the ring atoms are carbon.
"Heterocyc:lic aryl" refers to an aryl group having from 1 to 3 heteroat:oms a:~ ring atoms, the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon. Heteroatoms include oxygen, sulfur, and A
nitrogen. Thus, hets:rocyclic aryl groups include furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, N-lower alkyl pyrrolo, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, imid.azoly:l and the like.
"Amide" refers 1:o -C (O) -NH-R, where R is alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl or hydrogen.
"Thioamide:" refEars to -C(S)-NH-R, where R is alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl. or h~tdxogen.
"Amine" re:f ers 1.o a -N ( R' ) R' ' group, where R' and R' ' are independently se:Lected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, and alk~~laryl. ' "Thioether" refers to -S-R, where R is alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl.
"Sulfonyl" refers to -S (O) 2-R, where R is aryl, C (CN) =C-aryl, CHZCN, al:kyaryl., sulfonamide, NH-alkyl, NH-alkylaryl, or NH-aryl.
4.2. The ~:nvent:ion The present invention relates to compounds capable of regulating and/or modulating tyrosine kinase signal transduction and more particularly receptor and non-receptor tyrosine kinase: signal transduction.
Receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction is initiated by a}arace:llular interaction with a specific growth factor (ligand), followed by receptor dimerization, transient stimulation of the intrinsic protein tyrosine kinase activity and phosphorylation. Binding sites are thereby created for intracellular ~~ignal transduction molecules and lead to the formation of complexes with a spectrum of cytoplasmic signalling mols:cules that facilitate the appropriate cellular response (e.g., cell division, metabolic effects to the extracellular microe:nvironment). See, Schlessinger and Ullrich, 1992, Neuron 9:383-391.
It has bes:n shown that tyrosine phosphorylation sites in growth factor receptors function as high-affinity binding sites for SH2 ~;src homology) domains of signaling molecules.
Fantl et al., 7_992, ~~e11 69:413-423; Songyang et al., 1994, Mol. Cell. Bio~. 14:2777-2785); Songyang et al., 1993, Cell A
72:767-778; and Koch et al., 1991, Science 252:668-678.
Several intracellular substrate proteins that associate with receptor tyrosine kinases have been identified. They may be divided into two principal groups: (1) substrates which have a catalytic domain; and (2) substrates which lack such domain but serve as adapters and associate with catalytically active molecules. Songyang et al., 1993, Cell 72:767-778. The specificity of the interactions between receptors and SH2 domains of their substrates is determined by the amino acid residues immediately surrounding the phosphorylated tyrosine residue. Differences in the binding affinities between SH2 domains and the amino acid sequences surrounding the phosphotyrosine residues on particular receptors are consistent with the observed differences in their substrate phosphorylation profiles. Songyang et al., 1993, Cell 72:767-778. These observations suggest that the function of each receptor tyrosine kinase is determined not only by its pattern of expression and ligand availability but also by the array of downstream signal transduction pathways that are activated by a particular receptor. Thus, phosphorylation provides an important regulatory step which determines the selectivity of signaling pathways recruited by specific growth factor receptors, as well as differentiation factor receptors.
Tyrosine kinasE: signal transduction results in, among other responses, ce7~~1 proliferation, differentiation and metabolism. Abnormal cell proliferation may result in a wide array of disorders and diseases, including the development of neoplasia such as carcinoma, sarcoma, leukemia, glioblastoma, hemangioma, psoriasis, arteriosclerosis, arthritis and diabetic retinopathy (or other disorders related to uncontrolled angiogE.nesis and/or vasculogenesis).
This invention is therefore directed to compounds which regulate, modulate and/or inhibit tyrosine kinase signal transduction x~y affE:cting the enzymatic activity of the RTKs and/or the non.-receptor tyrosine kinases and interfering with the signal tra.nsducE:d such proteins. More particularly, the 2192797 ~e present invention is directed to compounds which regulate, modulate and/or: inhibit the RTK and/or non-receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction pathways as a therapeutic approach to cure leukemia and many kinds of solid tumors, including but not limited to carcinoma, sarcoma, erythroblastoma, g:lioblastoma, meningioma, astrocytoma, melanoma and myoblas;toma. Indications may include, but are not limited t:o brain cancers, bladder cancers, ovarian cancers, gastric cancers, pancreas cancers, colon cancers, blood cancers, lung ~~ancers and bone cancers.
4.3. The c:ompou:nds In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
R' R' s (I) X
~ / R2 Rg ~ ~N
R~ R~
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl.;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R5, and Ft, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NO,, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CH2 ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
R3, , RS. , and R5, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO,NRR', SO~R, SR, N02, rIRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH, ) nCOZR, and CONRR' ;
A
z j ~~z~ ~~
n is 0-3;
X is Br, C1, F or I; and R is H, ~~lkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula I, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-p:ropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected to from the grou~g consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-p:ropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of formula I is 3-(2-chloro-4-hydr~~xybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone.
In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
NRaRb 2 0 ~ ~ Rs (II) R2 Rs W
~R2 Rs ~ ' N
R~ R~
and the pharm;~ceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R., are each independently selected from the group con,~isting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alka:ryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR' , S03R, SR, Nf02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHz) nCOzR, and CONR:R' ;
R2, , R3, , R5, , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, , C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl and C(O)R, or NRaRb taken together may be a heterocyclic ring of from 3 to 8 atoms'optionally substituted at one or more positions with hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR',.S03R, SR, N02, NRR', OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHz) nC02R, or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula II, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyly n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tent-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H_, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of.formula II is 3-(4-Dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
(III) Rs and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
R~ is hydrogen;
R" RS, Rs, and R, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH= ) nCOaR, and CONRR' ;
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, l0 isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole,. 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole , 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy; alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NOz, NRR', OH, CN, c (o) R, oc (o) R, NHC (o) R; (cHz) "C02R or coNRR' ;
n is 0-3;
ao R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the compound of formula III is 3-[(2,4-Dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
In still another embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
(IV) and the pharmaceutically ~5r acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
,R2 is o or S;
R3 is hydrogen; .., Rs . R6 . and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR', S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CH2) nCOzR, and CONRR';
R3: , R4. , R5. , and Rs, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nCOzR, and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compound of formula IV, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of formula IV is 3-(2-Ethoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone.
In a final embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula: , - 18 . -2 ~ ~~2797 (v) z R' R4 CR3 s and the pharmaceutically R ~ N
s acceptable salts R~ R1 thereof, wherein:
l0 R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4 , RS , R,; , and R., are each independently selected from the group con:~isting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen; trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CHZ ) nCOzR and CONRR' ;
R2, , R3, , R5, , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCO2R and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
Z is Br, C1, F, I, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl or tert-butyl;
R is H, ~~lkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula V, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-3o propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected from the grouch consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of formula V is 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-?.-indolinone.
21 ~2~~i The chemical formulae referred herein may exhibit the phenomena of tautomerism or structural isomerism. For example, the compounds described herein may be adopt a cis or trans conformation about the double bond connecting the indolinone 3-substi.tuent to the indolinone ring, or may be mixtures of cis and trans isomers. As the formulae drawing within this specification can only represent one possible tautomeric or strucaural isomeric form, it should be understood that the: invention encompasses any tautomeric or structural isomeric'. form, or mixtures thereof, which possesses the ability to regulate, inhibit and/or modulate tyrosine kinase signal transduction or cell proliferation and is not limited to any one tautomeric or structural isomeric form utilized within the formulae drawing.
In addition to the above-described compounds and their pharmaceutica:Lly acceptable salts, the invention is further directed, wheeze applicable, to solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the compounds (e.g. hydrated forms) having the ability to regulate and/or modulate cell proliferation.
The compounds described herein may be prepared by any process known to be applicable to the preparation of chemically-re_Lated compounds. Suitable processes are illustrated in the examples. Necessary starting materials may be obtainE~d by atandard procedures of organic chemistry.
An individual ~~ompound's relevant activity and efficacy as an agent to affect receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction may be determined using available techniques. F~referentially, a compound is subjected to a series of scrE:ens to determine the compound's ability to modulate, regulate and/or inhibit cell proliferation. These screens, in the order in which they are conducted, include biochemical a~;says, cell growth assays and in vivo experiments.
2192797 ~:
4 . 4 . Indicrations The compounds described herein are useful for treating disorders related to unregulated tyrosine kinase signal transduction, :Lncluding cell proliferative disorders, fibrotic disorders and metabolic disorders.
Cell prol:iferative disorders which can be treated or further studied by the present invention include cancers, blood vessel proliferative disorders and mesangial cell proliferative disorders.
Blood vesael proliferative disorders refer to angiogenic and vasculogen:ic disorders generally resulting in abnormal proliferation of blood vessels. The formation and spreading of blood vessels, or vasculogenesis and angiogenesis, respectively, May important roles in a variety of physiological ;processes such as embryonic development, corpus luteum formation, wound healing and organ regeneration. They also play a pivotal role in cancer development. Other examples of blood weasel proliferation disorders include arthritis, where new capillary blood vessels invade the joint and destroy cartilaa~e, and ocular diseases, like diabetic retinopathy, where new capillaries in the retina invade the vitreous, bleed and cause blindness. Conversely, disorders related to the shrinkage, contraction or closing of blood vessels, such as re~~tenosis, are also implicated.
Fibrotic disorders refer to the abnormal formation of extracellular matrix. Examples of fibrotic disorders include hepatic cirrhosis and mesangial cell proliferative disorders.
Hepatic cirrohis is characterized by the increase in extracellular matrix; constituents resulting in the formation of a hepatic scar. Hepatic, cirrhosis can cause diseases such as cirrhosis of the liver. An increased extracellular matrix resulting in a hepatic scar can also be caused by viral infection such as hepatitis. Lipocytes appear to play a major role in hepat=is cirrhosis. Other fibrotic disorders implicated include atherosclerosis (see, below).
Mesangial cell proliferative disorders refer to disorders brought about by abnormal proliferation of mesangial cells. Mesangial proliferative disorders include various human renal diseases, such as glomerulonephritis, diabetic nephroypathy, malignant nephrosclerosis, thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes, transplant rejection, and glomerulopathies. The PDGF-R has been implicated in the maintenance of mesanarial cell proliferation. Floege et al., 1993, Kidney International 43:47S-54S.
PTKs have been associated with such cell proliferative disorders. For example, some members of the RTK family have been associated with the development of cancer. Some of these receptors, like: the EGFR (Tuzi et al., 1991, Br. J.
Cancer 63:227-233; Torp et al., 1992, APMIS 100:713-719) HER2/neu (Slamon et al., 1989, Science 244:707-712) and the PDGF-R (Kumabe et al., 1992, Oncogene 7:627-633) are overexpressed in many tumors and/or persistently activated by autocrine loops. In fact, in the most common and severe cancers these receptor overexpressions (Akbasak and Suner-Akbasak et al., 1992,, J. Neurol. Sci. 111:119-133; Dickson et al., 1992, Cancer Treatment Res. 61:249-273; Korc et al., 1992, J. CZin. Invest.. 90:1352-1360) and autocrine loops (Lee and Donoghue, 1992, ~T. Cell. Biol. 118:1057-1070; Korc et al., supra; Akh~asak and Suner-Akbasak et al., supra) have been demonstrated. For example, the EGFR receptor has been associated with. squamous cell carcinoma, astrocytoma, giioblastoma, head and neck cancer, lung cancer and bladder cancer. HER2 h.as been associated with breast, ovarian, gastric, lung, pancrc_as and bladder cancer. The PDGF-R has been associated with glioblastoma, lung, ovarian, melanoma and prostate cancer. The TRK c-met has been generally associated wits. hepat:ocarcinogenesis and thus hepatocellular carcinoma. Adc.itionally, c-met has been linked to malignant tumor formation. More specifically, the RTK c-met has been associated with, among other cancers, colorectal, thyroid, pancreatic and gastric carcinoma, leukemia and lymphoma.
Additionally, over-expression of the c-met gene has been detected in patients with Hodgkins disease, Burkitts disease, and the lymphoma cel:~ line.
A
' ~ ~ ~~ % ~'7 The IGF-IR, in addition to being implicated in nutritional support and in type-II diabetes, has also been associated with sevE~ral types of cancers. For example, IGF-I
has been implicated as an autocrine growth stimulator for several tumor types,, e.g. human breast cancer carcinoma cells (Arteaga et al., 1989, J. Clin. Invest. 84:1418-1423) and small lung tumor cells (Macauley et al., 1990, Cancer Res.
50:2511-2517). In addition, IGF-I, integrally involved in the normal growth and differentiation of the nervous system, appears to be an aui=ocrine stimulator of human gliomas.
Sandberg-Nordg:vist Eat al., 1993, Cancer Res. 53:2475-2478.
The importance: of the IGF-IR and its ligands in cell proliferation is fu~_-ther supported by the fact that many cell types in culture (fibroblasts, epithelial cells, smooth muscle cells, T-lymphocytes, myeloid cells, chondrocytes, osteoblasts, the stE:m cells of the bone marrow) are stimulated to grow by IGF-I. Goldring and Goldring, 1991, Eukaryotic Genie Expression 1:301-326. In a series of recent publications, Baserga even suggests that IGF-I-R plays a central role i.n the mechanisms of transformation and, as such, could be: a preferred target for therapeutic interventions for a broad spectrum of human malignancies.
Baserga, 1995, Cancer Res. 55:249-252; Baserga, 1994, Cell 79:927-930; C'.oppola et al., 1994, Mol. Cell. Biol. 14:4588-4595.
The association between abnormalities in RTKs and disease are not resi~ricted to cancer, however. For example, RTKs have been associated with metabolic diseases like psoriasis, diabetes mellitus, wound healing, inflammation, and neurodegenerative diseases. For example, the EGF-R is indicated in c:ornea:l and dermal wound healing. Defects in the Insulin-R and the IGF-1R are indicated in type-II
diabetes mellitus. A more complete correlation between specific RTKs and their therapeutic indications is set forth in Plowman et al., :L994, DN&P 7:334-339.
Not only receptor type tyrosine kinases, but also many cellular tyro~cine k:inases (CTKs) including src, abl, fps, ~19~i9i yes, fyn, lyn, lck, blk, hck, fgr, yrk (reviewed by Bolen et al., 1992, FASEB J. 6:3403-3409) are involved in the proliferative and meaabolic signal transduction pathway and thus in indications of the present invention. For example, mutated src (v-src) has been demonstrated as an oncoprotein (pp60"-S=°) in chicken. Moreover, its cellular homolog, the proto-oncogene pp60°-Sr° transmits oncogenic signals of many receptors. For example, overexpression of EGF-R or HER2/neu in tumors leads to t:he constitutive activation of pp60~-5r~, which is characteri~>tic for the malignant cell but absent from the normal cell. On the other hand, mice deficient for the expression of c-~src exhibit an osteopetrotic phenotype, indicating a key participation of c-src in osteoclast function and a possible involvement in related disorders.
Similarly, Zap 70 i~~ implicated in T-cell signalling.
Furthermore, the identification of CTK modulating compounds to augment: or even synergize with RTK aimed blockers is an aspects of the present invention.
Finally, both RTKs and non-receptor type kinases have been connected to hyperimmune disorders.
4.5. Pharmaceutical Formulations And Routes Of Administration The compounds described herein can be administered to a human patient per se, or in pharmaceutical compositions where it is mixed with su~'~table carriers or excipient(s).
Techniques for formulation and administration of the compounds of the instant application may be found in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences," Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, latest Edition.
4.5.1. Routes Of Administration.
Suitable routes of administration may, for example, include oral, rectal, transmucosal, or intestinal administration.; parE:nteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrarnedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitonea.l, ini~ranasal, or intraocular injections.
Alternats:ly, one may administer the compound in a local rather than systemic: manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into a solid tumor, often in a depot or sustained release formulation.
Furthermore, one may administer the drug in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with tumor-specific: antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up ~;elect~Lvely by the tumor.
4.5.2. Composition/Formulation.
The pharnaceut~:cal compositions of the present invention may be manufacaured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levic~ating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilizing processes.
Pharmaceutical compositions for use in accordance with the present invention thus may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprising exc:ipienta and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the acaive compounds into preparations which can be used ph.armace:utically. Proper formulation is dependent upon. the route of administration chosen.
For injection, the agents of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For transmucosal admini~~tration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
For oral administration; the compounds can be formulated readily by combining the active compounds with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art.
Such carriers enable: the compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated. Pharmaceutical preparations f'or oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with a solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the A
X192797 ~s mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients arcs, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including laci~ose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations :such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice :March, potato :starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylc~ellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereo:E such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cares are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionall~~ contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, c~arbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterise different combinations of active compound doses.
Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-:Eit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsulcas made of gelatin and a plasticizes, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with fillers such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.
For bucc<31 administration,the compositions may take the form of tables=s or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds for use according to 1_he present invention are conveniently delivered in the form o:E an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nehuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetra:Eluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e.g. gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
The compounds :may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous ini:usion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may tal'~ce such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents :such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agE:nts.
Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-:soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles inclL:de fai~ty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, :such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Ag:ueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
Optionally, th.e suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agent, which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow i:or the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
The compounds may also be fonaulated in rectal compositions ~;uch a;s suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing corwentional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation.
Such long acting fo:cmulations may be administered by implantation (;for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramu~~cular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oi7_) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
A pharmaceutical carrier for the hydrophobic compounds of the invention is a co-solvent system comprising benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water-miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase. The cosolvent system may be the VPD co-so:Lvent system. VPD is a solution of 3% w/v benzyl alcoho:L, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant polysorbate 80, and 65% w,~v polyethylene glycol 300, made up to volume in absolute ethanol. The VPD co-solvent system (VPD:DSW) consists of V1?D diluted 1:1 with a 5% dextrose in water solution. This co-solvent system dissolves hydrophobic compounds wel:L, and itself produces low toxicity upon systemic administration. Naturally, the proportions of a co-solvent system may be varied considerably without destroying its solubilit~t and toxicity characteristics. Furthermore, the identity of the. co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other low-toxicity nonpolar surfactants may be used instead of po:Lysorbate 80; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polye~thyler.~e glycol, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars ~~r pol.ysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
Alternatively, other delivery systems for hydrophobic pharmaceutical compounds may be employed. Liposomes'and emulsions are well known examples of delivery vehicles or A
. ~ 2192797 carriers for hydrophobic drugs. Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsul.foxide also may be employed, although usually at the cost: of greater toxicity. Additionally, the compounds may be delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various sustained-release materials have been. established and are well known by those skilled in th.e art. Sustained-release capsules may, depending on 'their chemical nature, release the compounds for a few weeks u~p to over 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the= biological stability of the therapeutic reagent, additional strategies for protein stabilization may be employed.
The pharmaceutical compositions also may comprise suitable solid or gel phase carriers or excipients. Examples of such carri~ars or excipients include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene glycols.
Many of l.he PTK modulating compounds of the invention may be providEad as salts with pharmaceutically compatible counterions. Pharmaceutically compatible salts may be formed with many acids, including but not limited to hydrochloric, sulfuric, acei~ic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc.
Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents that are the corresponding free base forms.
4 . 5 ,. 3 . Ef f ective Dosage .
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present invent=ion include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. More specifically, a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of compound effective to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of disease or prolong the survival of the subject being treated.
Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the ca~~ability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of tree detailed disclosure provided herein.
A
___ , t~. ~ .,~~ 1 I' For any compound used in the methods of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture a:~says. For example, a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating concentration range that includes the ICSO as determined in cell culture (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieve; a half-maximal inhibition of the PTK
activity). Such ini:ormation can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the compounds described herein can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LDSO (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the EDSO (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LDSO and EDso . Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from these cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulatingf concentrations that include the EDso with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dlosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. The exact formulation, route of administration and f.osage can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. (See e.g., Fingl et al., 1975, in "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", Ch. 1 p.1).
Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the active moiety which are sufficient to 'maintain the kinase modulating effects, or minimal effective concentration (MEC). The MEC will vary for each compound but can be estimated from in vitro data; e.g., the concentration necessary to achieve 50-90% inhibition of the kinase using the assays described herein. Dosages necessary to a~~hieve the MEC will depend on individual characteristics and. route of administration. However, HPLC
assays or bioassays can be used to determine plasma concentrations.
Dosage intervals can also be determined using MEC value.
Compounds should be administered using a regimen which maintains pla:~ma levels above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, preferably be~~ween 30-90% and most preferably between 50-90%.
In cases of local administration or selective uptake, the effective local concentration of the drug may not be related to pl<~sma concentration.
The amount of composition administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject being treated, on the subject's weight, the se=verity of the affliction, the manner of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
4.5,.4. Packaging The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms contain~_ng the active ingredient. The pack may for example compr~_se metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions f:or administration. Compositions comprising a compound of tree invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutica7_ carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labelled for treatment of an indicated condition. Suitable conditions indicated on the label may inc~.ude treatment of a tumor, inhibition of angiogenesis, treatment of fibrosis, diabetes, and the like.
5. EXAMPLE: Compound Synthesis The compounds of the present invention may be synthesized according to known techniques. The following represent preferred methods for synthesizing the compounds of the claimed ir.:vention.
5.1. General Syntheses of 3-Substituted-2-Indolinone Analogs o ~a~i,a7 The following general methodologies were used to synthesize 3-:substituted-2-indolinone compounds of the invention.
5.1..1. Method A
A rE~action mixture of the proper oxindole (2-indolinone) (:L equiv.), the appropriate aldehyde (1.2 equiv.), and piperidine (0.1 equiv.) in ethanol (1 - 2 mL / 1 mmol oxindole;~ was stirred at 90°C for 3 - 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield the target compound.
5 .1,. 2 . Method B
Preparation of The Proper Aldehydes via Vilsmeier Reaction. To a solution of N,N-dimethylformamide (1.2 equiv.) in 1,2-dichloroethane (2.0 mL / 1.0 mmole of starting material) was added dropwise phosphorus oxychloride (1.2 equiv.) at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 30 min. The proper starting material (1.0 equiv.) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50-70°C
for 5 h - 2 days. 'L'he reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1N sodium hydroxide solution (pH = 9 after mixing) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethy:L acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporai~ed. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column a:Luting with a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane 1.o afford the title compound.
Synthesis for 3-Substituted-2-Indolinone Analogs.
A reaction mi~saure of the proper oxindole (2-indolinone) (1 equiv.), the appropriate aldehyde (1.2 equiv.), and piperidine (0.1 equ_w.) in ethanol (1 - 2 mL / 1 mmol oxindole) was stirred at 90°C for 3 - 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol and dried to yield. the target compound.
5.2. Synthesis C)f 3-Henzylidene-2-Indolinone The p~referz-ed method for synthesizing 3-benzylidene-2-indolinone is as follows: Added 123.2 ~C1 of benzaldehyde anal 40 Ecl of piperidine to a solution of 137.0 mg of oxindole in 2.0 ml methanol. Reflux the reaction mixtured for 3 hours and cool down the mixture in an ice-water bath. Filter t:he resulting precipitate, wash with cold methanol and dry in an oven at 40°C overnight. Approximately 129.0 mg of the compound was obtained using such protocol.
5.3. Synthesis 0f 3-((Pyrid-4-yl) methylene]-~2-indolinone The preferred method for synthesizing 3-[(Pyrid-4-y1 ) methylene ] -2-indo7.inone is as follows : Add 117 . 0 ~cl of 4-pyridinecarboxaldehyde and 40 p,1 of piperidine to a solution of 138.0 mg of oxindole in 2.0 ml methanol. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and cooled down in an ice-water bath. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with cold methanol and dried in an oven at 40°C overnight to give 134.5 mg of the compound.
5.4. Synthesis c>f 3-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone (Method H):
4-(Morpholin-4-yl)benzaldehyde. To a solution of 15 mL
of N,N-dimethylformamide in 50 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane was added dropwise 10 mL of phosphorus oxychloride at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 30 min. 4-Phenylmorpholine (16.3 g) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 days. Triethylamine (2.5 mL) was added to the above reaction mixture and the reaction was refluxed for 2 days. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1N sodium hydroxide solution (pH = 9 after mixing) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 2 x 20 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layer was A
21 ~~i 9i washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporai~ed. The residue was separated on a silica gel co7.umn e:Luting with a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane i~o afford 12.95 g (68%) of the title compound as a white solid.
3-[4-(Mo=vpholin-4-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone. A
reaction mixture of 6.66 g of oxindole, 11.50 g of the 4-(morpholine-4--yl)benzaldehyde, and 5 mL of piperidine in 50 mL of ethanol was ;stirred at 90°C for 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 15.0 g (98%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.5. Synthesis of 3-[4-(4-Formylpiperazin-1-Y1)x~enzyl:Ldenyl]-2-indolinone (Method B):
4-(4-Fora~ylpipearazin-1-yl)benzaldehyde. To a solution of 3.9 mL (30 mmole:~) of N,N-dimethylformamide in 20 mL of 1,2-dichloroet:hane was added dropwise 3.0 mL (3.9 mmoles) of phosphorus oxychloride at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixtures was further stirred for 15 min. 1-Phenylpiperazine (16.0 g, 10 mmoles) was added to the above solution portionwisE~ and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1N sodium hydroxide solution and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 2 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anriydrou:~ sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was sE:paratE:d on a silica gel column eluting with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane to afford 9.0 g (41%) of the title compound a light yellow solid.
3-[4-(4-F'ormylpiperazin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone.
A reaction mi~aure of 133.15 mg of oxindole, 228.3 mg of 4 (piperazin-1y7.)benzaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was si~irred at 90°C for 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol and 2192%;~7 dried to yield 199.5 mg (65%) of the title compound a yellow solid.
5.6. Synthesis of 3-[4-(Piperidin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinon~e (Method B).
4-(Piperidin-1~-yl)benzaldehyde. To a solution of 2.3 mL
(30 mmoles) of N,N-dimethylformamide in 10 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane was added dropwise 2.8 mL (30 mmoles) of phosphorus ox~~chlor:ide at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and to the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min. 1-Phenylpiperidine (3.2 mL, 20 mmoles) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. Tree reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 2N
sodium hydroxide so:Lution and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with :? x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was w<~shed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium su:Lfate and evaporated. The residue was separated on a~. silica gel column eluting with ethyl acetate and hexane to afford 1.5 g (400) of the title compound as a white solid.
3-[4-(Piperidin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone. A
reaction mixtL:re of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 226.8 g of 4-(piperidine-1-yl)benzaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was :stirred at 90°C for 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield. 268.5 mg (88%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5~~~ Synt.hesis of 3-[2-Chloro-4-methoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indo~linone~.
2-Chloro-~4-methoxybenzaldehyde. The reaction mixture of 1.0 g (6.4 mmoles) of 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4.4 g (32 mmoles) of potassium carbonate, and 1.4 g (9.6 mmoles) of methyl iodide in 10 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at 70°C for 2 h and poured into ice water. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried at 40°C in vacuum 19>l9i oven overnight to yield 750 mg (68%) of the title compound as a light pink solid.
3-[2-Chloro-4-methoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone. The reaction mixture of 487.9 mg (3.7 mmoles) of oxindole, 750 mg (4.3 mmoles) ~~f 2-chloro-4-methoxybenzaldehyde and 4 drops of piperidine in 5 mL of ethanol was heated to 90°C for 2 h and cooled to room temperature. The yellow precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried at 40°C in a vacuum oven overnight to give 680.2 mg (62%) of the title compound.
5.8. Synithesis of 3-[(4-Methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
A reaction mixture of 133.0 mg of oxindole, 151.2 mg of the 4-methylthiophene-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 3 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling,, the :precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 147.3 mg (61%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.9. Syni:hesis of 3-[(3-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinon~e .
A reaction mixture of 133.0 mg of oxindole, 130.9 mg of the 3-methyl~~yrrol~a-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 150.9 mg (67%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.10. Syntlhesis of 3-[(3,4-Dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3,4-L~imethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone was synthesized as described in J. Heterocyclic Chem. 13:1145-1147 (1976).
Ethyl 4-methylpyrrol-3-oarboxylate. A solution of 11.86 g (0.1 moles) of ethyl crotonate and 19.50 g (0.1 moles) of p-toluenesulfanylmei~hylisocyanide in 500 mL of a 2:1 ether/dimethyl.sulfo:~ide was added dropwise into a suspension _. ~ 2192797 ~~
of 6.8 g of sodiium hydride (60% mineral oil dispension, 0.17 moles) in ether' at room temperature. Upon completion of addition the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min and diluted with 400 mL oi: water. The aqueous layer was extracted with 3x100 mL of ether. The combined ether extracts were passed through a cohunn of alumina eluting with dichloromethane.. Ths: organic solvent was evaporated and the resulting residue was solidified on standing. The solid was washed with hexane and dried at 40°C in vacuum oven overnight to yield 12.38 g (80~>) of the title compound.
Preparation of a,4-Dimethylpyrrole. To a solution of 23 g (80 mmoles) of sodium dihydrobis(2-methoxyethoxy aluminate) was added dropwise of: a solution of 5 g (34 mmoles) of ethyl 4-methylpyrrol-3-carboxylate in 50 mL of benzene at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h. Water (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed and the residue was distilled giving 1.2 g (44%) of the title compound.
Preparation of 3.,4-Dimethylpyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde. To a solution of 0.92 mL (12 mmoles) of N,N-dimethylformamide in 10 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane was added dropwise 1.0 mL (12 mmoles) of phosphorus, oxychloride at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 30 min. 3,4-Dimethylpyrrole (960.0 mg, 10 mmoles) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1:K sodium hydroxide solution (pH = 9 after mixing) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer w,3s extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer w,3s washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column eluting with a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane to afford 610 mg (50%) of the title compound.
A
3-[(3,4-i)imethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone. A
reaction mixture of 67.0 mg (0.5 mmoles) of oxindole, 73.0 mg (0.6 mmoles) of the 3,4-dimethylpyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde, and 2 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C
for 3 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 87.7 mg (37%) of the title compound, as a yellow solid.
5.11. Synthesis of 3-[(2,4-Dimethyl-3-l0 ethoxycarbonylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo7Linone A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 234.3 mg of the 4-ethoxycarbonyl_-3,5-dimethylpyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 3 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, l5.washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 244.6 mg (79%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.12. Synthesis of 3-[(2,4 -Dimeth 1 yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone y pyrrol-5-20 A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 147.8 mg of the 3,5-dimethyylpyrr~ole-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 136.7 mg (57%) of the title 25 compound as a :fellow solid.
5.13. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Methylmercaptothien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 189.9 mg of 30 the 5-methylmercaptothiophene-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine :in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 246.6 mg (900) of the title compound as a orange solid.
5.14. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Methylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone A
~.'' ~ 2 %' 9 l .. , A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 151.42 mg of the 5-methyltlZiophene-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold 5 ethanol, and dried to yield 237.8 mg (99%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.15. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 10 A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 151.4 mg of the 3-methylthiophe:ne-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 157.8 mg (65%) of the title 15 compound as a yellow solid.
5.16. Syntlhesis of 3-(2,5-Dimethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3-(2,5-L~imethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.17. Synthesis of 3-(2,3-dimethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indo:Linone 3-(2,3-dimethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.18. Synthesis of 3-(3-bromo-6-methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(3-bromo-6-mEahoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.19. Synthesis of 3-[4-(4-t-butylcarbonyl-piperazin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 3-[4-(4-t-butylcarbonyl-piperazin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthE~sized according to Method B.
5,20. Synthesis of 3-[(furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone ~192i97 3-[(furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to ZZethod A.
5.21. Synthesis of 3-(4-acetamidobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3- (4-acei=amido:benzylidenyh) -2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.22. Syntlhesis of 3-(2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3_(2-chloro-4-lzydroxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.23. Syntlhesis of 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3-(4-Bronobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.24. Synthesis of 3-(4-Acetylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indo:Linone 3-(4-Acet:ylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.25. Synthesis of 3-(2-Methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3-(2-Methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.26. Synthesis of 3-(4-Dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-1-mei~hyl-2-indolinone 3-(4-DimE~thylaminobenzylidenyl)-1-methyl-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.27. Synthesis of 3-(4-Dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-Dime~thylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is available from Maybridge Chemical Co. Ltd.
- ~ 1 ~2l ~~7 5.28. Synthesis of 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-1-methyl-2-iadolinone 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-1-methyl-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.29. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-(4-dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 5-Chloro--3-(4-dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized a<:cording to Method A.
5,30. Syntlhesis of 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-5-ahloro-2-indolinone 3-(4-Browobenz~~ilidenyl)-5-chloro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.31. Syntlhesis of 3-(4-Diethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3- (4-Diet:hylam:inobenzylidenyl) -2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.32. Synthesis of 3-(4-Di-n-buty:Laminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-Di-r~-buty:Laminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.33. Synthesis of 1-Methyl-3-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)be~nzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 1-Methyl-~3-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.34. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-(4-(morpholine-4-yl)bE:nzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-~3-(4-(morpholine-4-yl)benzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.35. Synthesis of 3-(3,4-Dichlorobenzylidenyl)-2-indo7Linone 3-(3,4-Dichlorobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
2?92797 5.36. Synthesis of 3-(2-Ethoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indo~linone 3-(2-Eth~~xybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to lKethod A.
5.37. Synthesis of 3-(4-Fluorobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-Fluorobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to l~iethod A.
5.38. Synthesis of 3-[(Thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.39. Synthesis of 3-(2-Methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(2-Metlaoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5~40. Synthesis of 3-[2-[3,5-Di-(tri;fluoromethyl)phenyl]furan-5-yl]methylene]-2 -i:ndolinone 3-[2-[3,5-Di-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]furan-5-yl]methylene]--2 -indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.41. Syntlhesis of 2,6-Di-(dimethylamino)-3,5-di-[(indolin-2-one-3-ylidenyl)met hyl]-phenylcyanide 2,6-Di-(dimethylamino)-3,5-di-[(indolin-2-one-3-ylidenyl)met hyl]-phenylcyanide is synthesized according to Method A.
5.42. Synthesis of 3-[(3-(2-carboxyethyl)-4-meth~~lpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo linone 3-[(3-(2-~carbo:cyethyl)-4-methylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo linone is. synthesized according to Method A.
~ 3 ~~7 j7 5.43. Synthesis of 3-[(3,4-Dibromo-5-methylpyrrol-2-yl)m~ethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3,4-:Dibrom,o-5-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.44. Synthesis of 3-[(3,4-Dimethyl-2-formylpyrrole-5-yl)methylene)-2-indolinone 3-[(3,4-l~imethyl-2-formylpyrrole-5-yl)methylene)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,45. Synthesis of 3-{[4-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene }-2-indolinone 3-~[4-(2~-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene :~-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.46. Synthesis of 3-[2-Iodofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[2-Iodofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.47. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolin one 3-[(3-Ethoxyca:rbonyl-2-methylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synth~'sized according to Method A.
5,48. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Bromothiene-2-yl)m~ethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Bromothiene-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.49. Syntlhesis of 3-[(2-Chlorothiene-5-yl)m~sthylene)-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Chl.oroth:iene-5-yl)methylene)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.50. Synthesis of 3-[(2,3-Dimethylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 2i92i97 3-[(2,3-Dimethylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized a~~cording to Method A.
5.51. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Nitrothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-in~dolinone 3-[(5-Nii~rothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.52. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Carboxythien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Carboxythien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.53. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Bromothiene-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Bromothiene-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.54. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Bromothiene-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-BromothiE:ne-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.55. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Sulphonylfuran-5-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone sodium salt 3-[(2-Sulphony7_furan-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone sodium salt is synthesized according to Method A.
5.56. Synthesis of 3-[(Furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indo7.inone 3-[(Furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.57. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Methylfuran-5-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Methylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.58. synthesis of 3-[(2-Ethylfuran-5-yl)methylene-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Ethylfuran-5-yl)methylene-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.59. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Nitrofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Nitrofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,60. synthesis of 3-[(5-Hromofuran-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Bromofuran-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.6i. synthesis of 3-[(2-Ethylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indoliaone 3-[(2-Ethylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.62. synthesis of 3-[(4,5-Dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4,5-Dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.63. synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethouycarbonyl-4-ethouycarbonylethyl-3-ethoxycarbonylm ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Ethoxycarbonyl-4-ethoxycarbonylethyl-3-ethoxycarbonylmethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.64. synthesis of 3-[(5-Carboxy-3-ethyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indoliaone 3-[(5-Carboxy-3-ethyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-~ndolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
- 2?92797 5.65. Synl:hesis of 3-[(3,5-Diiodo-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)aaethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3,5-Diiodo-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.66. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Chloro-3-methoxycarbonyl-4-methoxycarbonylmethylpyrrol -2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Chloro-3~-methoxycarbonyl-4-methoxycarbonylmethylpyrrol -2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.67. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Acetyl-5-ethoxycarbonyl-4-meth.ylpyrrol)-2-yl)methylene ]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Acetyl-5-ethoxycarbonyl-4-methylpyrrol)-2-yl)methylene ]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.68. Synthesis of 3-~[1-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)pyrrol-2-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone 3-{[1-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)pyrrol-2-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.69. Synthesis of 3-[1-(4-Chlorophenyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[1-(4-c:hloro;phenyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.70. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-methyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Ethoxyca:rbonyl-3-methyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.71. Syntlhesis of 3-[(1-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(1-Met:hylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
' ~?9~~97 5.72. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-etho:xycarbonylethyl-4-ethoxylcarbonyl methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Ethoxyca:rbonyl-3-ethoxycarbonylethyl-4-ethoxylcarbonyl metlhylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac:cordi:ng to Method A.
5.73. Synthesis of 3-[4-(Pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 3-[4-(Pyrrolid:in-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.74. Syntlhesis of 3-[(5-Methylimidazol-2 yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Met:hylim:idazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.75. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Methylthiazol-2 yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Met:hylth_iazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.76. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylpyrazol-5 yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Met:hylpyrazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.77. Synthesis of 3-[(Imidazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indo7linone 3-[(Imida.zol-4--yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.78. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Chloropyrazol-3 yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Chloropyrazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
a 1 ~~%97 5.79. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Bromo-1-(4-chlo.robenzyl)pyrazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo - lino:ne 3-[(4-Bromo-1-(4-chlorobenzyl)pyrazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.80. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Chloro-1-methylpyrazol-3-yl)m~ethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Ch~Loro-1~-methylpyrazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.81. Syntlhesis of 3-[(4-Ethyl-3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Ethyl-3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.82. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Et:hylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5,83. Synthesis of 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-4-(propen-2-yl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[3,5-Di.methy7L-4-(propen-2-yl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthEaized according to Method B.
5.84. Synthesis of 5,6-Dimethoxyl-3-[2,3-dimet:hoxylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 5,6-Dimethoxyl--3-[2,3-dimethoxylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,g5. Synthesis of 3-[2,4,6-Trimethoxybenzylidenyl]-2-inclolinone 3-[2,4,6-Trimet:hoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.86. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone ?9?_~~7 5-Chloro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized a~~cording to Method A.
5.87. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro~-3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.88. Synthesis of 3-(4-isopropylbenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-isopropyl:benzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is available from MaybridgE~ Chemical Co. Ltd.
5.89. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(3,5-dimet:hylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indo7.inone 5-Chloro-3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthsaized according to Method A.
5.90. synthesis of 3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone -[(pyrrol-2-yl.)methylene]-2-indolinone is available from Maybridge Chemical Co. Ltd.
5.91. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(indol-3-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-3-[(in.dol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.92. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-3-[(thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac~~ording to Method A.
5.93. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(3-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-:3-[(3-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is :synthesized according to Method A.
2_ 192 % 97 5.94. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro~-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.95. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(5-ethylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro--3-[(5-ethylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5, g6. Syntlhesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(5-methylmeraaptothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indo:linone 5-Chloro-~3-[(5~-methylmercaptothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone i.s syni~hesized according to Method A.
5.97. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(imidazol-2 yl)meathylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-3-[(imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.98. Synthesis of 3-[2,4-Dimethoxy-6-methylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 3-[2,4-Dimetho};y-6-methylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.99. Synthesis of 5-Nitro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 5-Nitro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.100. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)me;thylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is ;synthesized according to Method A.
5.101. Synthesis of 3-[(3,5-Dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 2 ~ ~219T
3-[(3,5-I)imethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synths=sized according to Method A.
5.102. Synthesis of 3-[(Indol-3-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(Indol.-3-yl;Imethylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.103. Synthesis of 5-Nitro-3-[(thien-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 5-Nitro-3-[(th:ien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.104. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylthien-2-yl)meahylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthsa ized according to Method A.
5.105. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Methylthien-2-yl)meahylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Methylthi_en-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.106. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethylthien-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Ethylthie:n-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthea ized according to Method A.
5.107. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Methylmercaptothien-2-yl)meahylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Met:hylmercaptothien-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5~108. Synthesis of 3-[(Imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone ' ! ~ ~~~~~~
3-[(Imida.zol-2--yl)methylene]-5-nitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.109. Synthesis of 3-[(Oxazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone 3-[(Oxazol-2-yl.)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.11o. Synthesis of 3-[(Oxazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone l0 3-[(Oxazol-4-yl.)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.111. Synth~,esis of 3-[(Oxazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Oxazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.112. Synthesis of 3-[(Thiazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thiazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.113. Synthesis of 3-[(Thiazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thiaz~~l-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac~~ording to Method A.
5.114. Synthesis of 3-[(Thiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.115. Synthesis of 3-[(Imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Imida;Col-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
? ~~~~ ~i 5.116. Synthesis of 3-[(Pyrazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Pyra;.ol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.117. synthesis of 3-[(Pyrazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-in~dolinone 3-[(Pyra~;ol-4-;yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac:cordi:ng to Method A.
l0 5,118. synthesis of 3-[(Isoxazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoxazol-3~-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.119. Syntlhesis of 3-[(Isoxazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoxazol-4~-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.120. Synthesis of 3-[(Isoxazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoxa.zol-5--yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.121. Synthesis of 3-[(Isothiazol-3-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoth.iazol--3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.122. Synthesis of 3-[(Isothiazol-4-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isothiazol--4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.123. Synthesis of 3-[(Isothiazol-5-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isothiazol-~5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
~' ~ ',~L% ~?%
5.124. Synthesis of 3-[(1,2,3-Triazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(1,2,3-Tria:Col-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.125. Synthesis of 3-[(1,3,4-Thiadiazol-2 yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(1,3,4-Thiadiazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,126. S nthesis of 3 y -[(5-Phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Phenyl-1,.2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.127. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthEaized according to Method A.
5.128. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,5-oxadiazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,5-oxadiazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthsaized according to Method A.
6 . EXAMPLES : In Vi: tro RTR Assays The following i:n vitro assays may be used to determine the level of activity and effect of the different compounds of the present invention on one or more of the RTKs. ~>imilar assays can be designed along the same lines for any tyrosine kinase using techniques 3 0 wel l known in the art .
6.1. Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) Enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA) may be used to detect and measure the presence of tyrosine kinase activity. The ELISA may be conducted according to known protocols which are described in, for example, Voller, et al., 1980, "Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay," In': Manual of Clinical Immunology, 2d ed., edited by Rose and.Friedman, pp 359-371 Am. Soc. Of Microbiology, Washington, D.C.
The disclosed protocol may be adapted for determining activity with respect to a specific RTR. For example, the preferred protocols for conducting the ELISA
experiments for specific RTKs is provided below.
Adaptation of these protocols for determining a compound's activity for.other_members of the RTK family, ~
as well as non-receptor tyrosine kinases, are within the scope of those in the art.
6.1.1. FLR-1 ELISA
~ An ELISA assay was conducted to measure the kinase activity of the FLK-p receptor and more specifically, the inhibition or activation of protein tyrosine kinase activity on the FLK-1 receptor.:
Specifically, the following assay was conducted to measure kinase activity of the FLK-1 receptor in FLK-1/NIH3T3 cells.
Mater~Lals Aad Methods.
Materials. The following reagents and supplies were used:
a. Corning 96-well ELISA plates (Corning Catalog No. 25805-96);
b. Cappel goat anti-rabbit IgG (catalog no.
. 55641);
c. PBS (Gibco Catalog No. 450-1300EB);
d, TBSW Buffer 50 mM Tris ( (pH 7.2), 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% TweenTM-20) ;
e. Ethanolamine stock (10% ethanolamine (pH,7.0), stored at 4°C);
f. HNTG buffer (20mM HEPES buffer (pH 7.5), 150mM
NaCl, 0.2o TritonTM X-100, and 10% glycerol);
g. EDTA (0.5 M (pH 7.0) as a 100X stock);
h. Sodium oritho vanadate (0.5 M as a 100X stock);
i. Sodi.um py:-o phosphate (0.2M as a 100X stock);
j. NUNC: 96 weall V bottom polypropylene plates (ApF~lied Scientific Catalog No. AS-72092);
k. NIH3T3 C7~~3 Cells (FLK-1 expressing cells);
1. DMEM: with 1X high glucose L Glutamine (catalog No. 11965--050) ;
m. FBS, Gibco (catalog no. 16000-028);
n, L-glutamine, Gibcp (catalog no. 25030-016);
o. VEGF, PeproTech, Inc. (catalog no. 100-20)(kept as 1 ~g/100 u1 stock in Milli-Q dH20 and stored at -20°C;
p. Affinity purified anti-FLK-1 antiserum, Enzymology Lab, Sugen, Inc.;
q. UB40 monoclonal antibody specific for phosphotymosine, Enzymology Lab, Sugen, Inc.
(see, Fendly, et al., 1990, Cancer Research 50:1550-1558);
r~ EIA grade Goat anti-mouse IgG-POD (BioRad catalog no. 172-1011);
s. 2,2-azino-~bis(3-ethylbenz-thiazoline-6-sulfonic acid (ABTS~) solution (100mM citric acid (anhvydrous,) , 250 mM NazHP04 (pH 4. 0) , 0.5 mg/ml ABTS (Sigma catalog no. A-1888)), solution should be stored in dark at 4°C until ready for use;
t. H202 (30% ~;olution) (Fisher catalog no. H325) ;
u. ABTS,/HzOz (15m1 ABTS solution, 2 u1 Hz02) prep~~red 5 minutes before use and left at room temperature;
~. 0.2 1~I HC1 stock in HZO;
w. dimel:hylsulfoxide (100%)(Sigma Catalog No. D-8418); and y. Trypsin-EDTA (Gibco BRL Catalog No. 25200-049).
Protocol. The following protocol was used for conducting the assay:
A
~~92~97 1. Coa~~ Corning 96-well elisa plates with 1.O~,g per well CappE:l Anti-rabbit IgG antibody in O.1M Na2C03 pH
9.6. Bring final volume to 150 ~,1 per well. Coat plates overnight at ~~°C. Plates can be kept up to two weeks when stored ai. 4 ° C .
2. Grow cells in Growth media(DMEM, supplemental with 2.OmM L-(ilutamine, 10% FBS) in suitable culture dishes until c:onflu~ent at 37°C, 5%
3. Harvest cells by trypsinization and seed in Corning 25850 polystyrene 96-well roundbottom cell plates, 25.00() cella/well in 200~c1 of growth media.
4. Grow cello at least one day at 37°C, 5% CO2.
5. Waste cell: with D-PBS 1X.
6. Add 200~C1,/well of starvation media (DMEM, 2.OmM
1-Glutamine, 0.1% FBS). Incubate overnight at 37°C, 5%
COZ .
W0 94/10202; Kendall & Thomas, 1994, Proc. Nat'1 Acad. Sci 90:10705-09; Kim, et al., 1993, Nature 362:841-844), RNA
ligands (Jellinek, et al., Eiochemistry 33:10450-56);
Takano, et al., 1993, Mol. Hio. Cell 4:358A; Kinsella, et al., 1992, Exp. Cell Res. 199:56-62; Wright, et al., 1992, J.
Cellular Phys. 152:448-57) and tyrosine kinase inhibitors (WO
94/03427; WO 92/21660; WO 91/15495; WO 94/14808; U.S. Patent No. 5,330,992; Mariani, et al., 1994, Proc. Am. Assoc. Cancer Res. 35:2268).
More recently, attempts have been made to identify small molecules which act as tyrosine kinase inhibitors. For example, bis monocyclic, bicyclic or heterocyclic aryl compounds (PCT WO 92/20642), vinylene-azaindole derivatives (PCT WO 94/14808) and 1-cyclopropyl-4-pyridyl-quinolones .. ' ~ ~ ~~i 97 (U.S. Patent :~o. 5,330,992) have been described generally as tyrosine kina;se inhibitors. Styryl compounds (U. S. Patent No. 5,217,999), styryl-substituted pyridyl compounds (U. S.
Patent No. 5,:302,606), certain quinazoline derivatives (EP
Application No. 0 566 266 A1), seleoindoles and selenides (PCT WO 94/03~~27), tricyclic polyhydroxylic compounds (PCT WO
92/21660) and benzylphosphonic acid compounds (PCT WO
91/15495) havc: been described as compounds for use as tyrosine kina:~e inhibitors for use in the treatment of 1o cancer.
The ideni~ification of effective small compounds which specifically _Lnhibit signal transduction by modulating the activity of receptor and non-receptor tyrosine kinases to regulate and modulate abnormal or inappropriate cell proliferation is therefore desirable and the object of this invention.
3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to organic molecules capable of modulating, regulating and/or inhibiting tyrosine kinase signal transduction. Such compounds are useful for the treatment of di:~eases related to unregulated TKS
transduction, including cell proliferative diseases such as cancer, atherosclerosis, arthritis and restenosis and metabolic disE:ases :such as diabetes.
In one illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the formula:
OR
X u (I) / _Rs R5 w /~ R2 'N
R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein ~i92797 R1 is H c>r alkyl;
RZ i s O c>r S ;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R", and R, are each independently selected from the group con;~isting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nC02R, and CONRIZ' ;
R3, , R5, , .and R6" are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CHz ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
X is Br, C1, F or I;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In another illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the 2o present invention have the formula:
NRaRb Rs v I
RS' (II) .
~R' R. ~.~ s Rs ~ 'N
R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alky7L;
RZ is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R,, R6, and R, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, all~aryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCOaR, and CONRR' ;
Rz. , R3, , R5. , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHZ ) nCOaR, and CONRR' ;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl and C(O)R, or NRaRb taken together may be a heterocyclic ring of from 3 to 8 atoms optionally substituted at one or more positions with hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR', S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR', OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHz) "C02R, or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In yet another illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the formula:
A
Rs (III) ~~~'N
s 3o R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
35 R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR', S03R, SR, N02, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CHZ ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S (O) R, SO~NRR' , S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHZ) nCO2R Or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In still another illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the formula:
2 5 ~ ~ R5 RO
( Iv ) Rs R4 CRs R5 ~
~ /'-R2 R~ ~ ' N
3 0 R~ R~
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
35 R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, - g _ aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NOa, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCOZR, and CONRR' ;
R3. , R4. , R5. , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a final illustrative embodiment, the compounds of the.
present invention have the formula:
~5 (V) R
Re and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Rl is H or alkyl;
Rz is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, Rs, and R~ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, NOz, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCO2R and CONRR' ;
RZ. , R3. , R5. , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, g R~ rct ~ ~ '~~ 797 S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHZ ) nCO2R and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
Z is Br, C1, F,, I, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-x~utyl or tert-butyl;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
The present invention is further directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of the above-described compounds of formulae I-V and a pharmaceui:ically acceptable carrier or excipient.
Such a composition is believed to modulate signal transduction ~~y a tyrosine kinase, either by inhibition of catalytic activity, affinity to ATP or ability to interact with a substrate.
More particularly, the compositions of the present invention may be included in methods for treating diseases comprising proliferation, fibrotic or metabolic disorders, for example cancer, fibrosis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, arthritis, and. other- disorders related to abnormal vasculogenesis and/or angiogenesis, such as diabetic retinopathy.
4. DETAILED DESCR7CPTION OF THE INVENTION
4.1. Definitions "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases and which are obtained by reaction with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic: acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
"Alkyl" refers to a straight-chain, branched or cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon. Preferably, the alkyl group has 1 to 12 carbons.. More preferably, it is a lower alkyl of from 1 to 7 carbons,, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons. Typical alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like. The alkyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents se7.ected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, cyano, alkoxy, =O, =S, N02, halogen, N(CH3)2 amino, and SH.
"Alkenyl" :refers to a straight-chain, branched or cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bend. Preferably, the alkenyl group has 1 to 12 carbons. More pre:ferably~it is a lower alkenyl of from 1 to 7 carbons, mere preferably 1 to 4 carbons. The alkenyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selectedl from the group consisting of hydroxyl, cyano, alkoxy, --O, _~~, NOz, halogen, N(CH3)2 amino, and SH.
"Alkynyl" refer; to a straight-chain, branched or cyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Preferably, the alkynyl group has 1 to 12 carbons. More preferably it is a lower alkynyl of from 1 to 7 carbons, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons. The alkynyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, cyano, alkoxy, =O, =S, N02, halogen, N(CH3)z amino, and SH.
"Alkoxy" refers to an "-Oalkyl" group.
"Aryl" refers to an aromatic group which has at least one ring having a conjugated pi electron system and includes carbocyclic aryl, het:erocyclic aryl and biaryl groups. The aryl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, trihalomethyl, hydroxyl, SH, OH, NO2, amine, thioether, cyano, alkoxy, alkyl, and amino.
"Alkaryl" refer: to an alkyl that is covalently joined to an aryl group. Preferably, the alkyl is a lower alkyl.
"Carbocyclic aryl" refers to an aryl group wherein the ring atoms are carbon.
"Heterocyc:lic aryl" refers to an aryl group having from 1 to 3 heteroat:oms a:~ ring atoms, the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon. Heteroatoms include oxygen, sulfur, and A
nitrogen. Thus, hets:rocyclic aryl groups include furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, N-lower alkyl pyrrolo, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, imid.azoly:l and the like.
"Amide" refers 1:o -C (O) -NH-R, where R is alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl or hydrogen.
"Thioamide:" refEars to -C(S)-NH-R, where R is alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl. or h~tdxogen.
"Amine" re:f ers 1.o a -N ( R' ) R' ' group, where R' and R' ' are independently se:Lected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, and alk~~laryl. ' "Thioether" refers to -S-R, where R is alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl.
"Sulfonyl" refers to -S (O) 2-R, where R is aryl, C (CN) =C-aryl, CHZCN, al:kyaryl., sulfonamide, NH-alkyl, NH-alkylaryl, or NH-aryl.
4.2. The ~:nvent:ion The present invention relates to compounds capable of regulating and/or modulating tyrosine kinase signal transduction and more particularly receptor and non-receptor tyrosine kinase: signal transduction.
Receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction is initiated by a}arace:llular interaction with a specific growth factor (ligand), followed by receptor dimerization, transient stimulation of the intrinsic protein tyrosine kinase activity and phosphorylation. Binding sites are thereby created for intracellular ~~ignal transduction molecules and lead to the formation of complexes with a spectrum of cytoplasmic signalling mols:cules that facilitate the appropriate cellular response (e.g., cell division, metabolic effects to the extracellular microe:nvironment). See, Schlessinger and Ullrich, 1992, Neuron 9:383-391.
It has bes:n shown that tyrosine phosphorylation sites in growth factor receptors function as high-affinity binding sites for SH2 ~;src homology) domains of signaling molecules.
Fantl et al., 7_992, ~~e11 69:413-423; Songyang et al., 1994, Mol. Cell. Bio~. 14:2777-2785); Songyang et al., 1993, Cell A
72:767-778; and Koch et al., 1991, Science 252:668-678.
Several intracellular substrate proteins that associate with receptor tyrosine kinases have been identified. They may be divided into two principal groups: (1) substrates which have a catalytic domain; and (2) substrates which lack such domain but serve as adapters and associate with catalytically active molecules. Songyang et al., 1993, Cell 72:767-778. The specificity of the interactions between receptors and SH2 domains of their substrates is determined by the amino acid residues immediately surrounding the phosphorylated tyrosine residue. Differences in the binding affinities between SH2 domains and the amino acid sequences surrounding the phosphotyrosine residues on particular receptors are consistent with the observed differences in their substrate phosphorylation profiles. Songyang et al., 1993, Cell 72:767-778. These observations suggest that the function of each receptor tyrosine kinase is determined not only by its pattern of expression and ligand availability but also by the array of downstream signal transduction pathways that are activated by a particular receptor. Thus, phosphorylation provides an important regulatory step which determines the selectivity of signaling pathways recruited by specific growth factor receptors, as well as differentiation factor receptors.
Tyrosine kinasE: signal transduction results in, among other responses, ce7~~1 proliferation, differentiation and metabolism. Abnormal cell proliferation may result in a wide array of disorders and diseases, including the development of neoplasia such as carcinoma, sarcoma, leukemia, glioblastoma, hemangioma, psoriasis, arteriosclerosis, arthritis and diabetic retinopathy (or other disorders related to uncontrolled angiogE.nesis and/or vasculogenesis).
This invention is therefore directed to compounds which regulate, modulate and/or inhibit tyrosine kinase signal transduction x~y affE:cting the enzymatic activity of the RTKs and/or the non.-receptor tyrosine kinases and interfering with the signal tra.nsducE:d such proteins. More particularly, the 2192797 ~e present invention is directed to compounds which regulate, modulate and/or: inhibit the RTK and/or non-receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction pathways as a therapeutic approach to cure leukemia and many kinds of solid tumors, including but not limited to carcinoma, sarcoma, erythroblastoma, g:lioblastoma, meningioma, astrocytoma, melanoma and myoblas;toma. Indications may include, but are not limited t:o brain cancers, bladder cancers, ovarian cancers, gastric cancers, pancreas cancers, colon cancers, blood cancers, lung ~~ancers and bone cancers.
4.3. The c:ompou:nds In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
R' R' s (I) X
~ / R2 Rg ~ ~N
R~ R~
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl.;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R5, and Ft, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NO,, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CH2 ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
R3, , RS. , and R5, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO,NRR', SO~R, SR, N02, rIRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH, ) nCOZR, and CONRR' ;
A
z j ~~z~ ~~
n is 0-3;
X is Br, C1, F or I; and R is H, ~~lkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula I, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-p:ropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected to from the grou~g consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-p:ropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of formula I is 3-(2-chloro-4-hydr~~xybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone.
In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
NRaRb 2 0 ~ ~ Rs (II) R2 Rs W
~R2 Rs ~ ' N
R~ R~
and the pharm;~ceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R., are each independently selected from the group con,~isting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alka:ryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR' , S03R, SR, Nf02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHz) nCOzR, and CONR:R' ;
R2, , R3, , R5, , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, , C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nCO2R, and CONRR' ;
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl and C(O)R, or NRaRb taken together may be a heterocyclic ring of from 3 to 8 atoms'optionally substituted at one or more positions with hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR',.S03R, SR, N02, NRR', OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CHz) nC02R, or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula II, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyly n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tent-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H_, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of.formula II is 3-(4-Dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
(III) Rs and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
R~ is hydrogen;
R" RS, Rs, and R, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, S02NRR' , S03R, SR, NOZ, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH= ) nCOaR, and CONRR' ;
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, l0 isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole,. 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole , 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy; alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NOz, NRR', OH, CN, c (o) R, oc (o) R, NHC (o) R; (cHz) "C02R or coNRR' ;
n is 0-3;
ao R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the compound of formula III is 3-[(2,4-Dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
In still another embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula:
(IV) and the pharmaceutically ~5r acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
,R2 is o or S;
R3 is hydrogen; .., Rs . R6 . and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR', S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CH2) nCOzR, and CONRR';
R3: , R4. , R5. , and Rs, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, N02, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CHz ) nCOzR, and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compound of formula IV, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of formula IV is 3-(2-Ethoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone.
In a final embodiment, the invention provides compounds having the formula: , - 18 . -2 ~ ~~2797 (v) z R' R4 CR3 s and the pharmaceutically R ~ N
s acceptable salts R~ R1 thereof, wherein:
l0 R1 is H or alkyl;
RZ is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4 , RS , R,; , and R., are each independently selected from the group con:~isting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen; trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOzNRR', S03R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, ( CHZ ) nCOzR and CONRR' ;
R2, , R3, , R5, , and R6, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SOZNRR' , S03R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, ( CH2 ) nCO2R and CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
Z is Br, C1, F, I, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl or tert-butyl;
R is H, ~~lkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl.
In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula V, R3' is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-3o propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl; and RS' is selected from the grouch consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, halogen, aryl and OR, where R is H, alkyl or aryl.
A particularly preferred compound of formula V is 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-?.-indolinone.
21 ~2~~i The chemical formulae referred herein may exhibit the phenomena of tautomerism or structural isomerism. For example, the compounds described herein may be adopt a cis or trans conformation about the double bond connecting the indolinone 3-substi.tuent to the indolinone ring, or may be mixtures of cis and trans isomers. As the formulae drawing within this specification can only represent one possible tautomeric or strucaural isomeric form, it should be understood that the: invention encompasses any tautomeric or structural isomeric'. form, or mixtures thereof, which possesses the ability to regulate, inhibit and/or modulate tyrosine kinase signal transduction or cell proliferation and is not limited to any one tautomeric or structural isomeric form utilized within the formulae drawing.
In addition to the above-described compounds and their pharmaceutica:Lly acceptable salts, the invention is further directed, wheeze applicable, to solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the compounds (e.g. hydrated forms) having the ability to regulate and/or modulate cell proliferation.
The compounds described herein may be prepared by any process known to be applicable to the preparation of chemically-re_Lated compounds. Suitable processes are illustrated in the examples. Necessary starting materials may be obtainE~d by atandard procedures of organic chemistry.
An individual ~~ompound's relevant activity and efficacy as an agent to affect receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction may be determined using available techniques. F~referentially, a compound is subjected to a series of scrE:ens to determine the compound's ability to modulate, regulate and/or inhibit cell proliferation. These screens, in the order in which they are conducted, include biochemical a~;says, cell growth assays and in vivo experiments.
2192797 ~:
4 . 4 . Indicrations The compounds described herein are useful for treating disorders related to unregulated tyrosine kinase signal transduction, :Lncluding cell proliferative disorders, fibrotic disorders and metabolic disorders.
Cell prol:iferative disorders which can be treated or further studied by the present invention include cancers, blood vessel proliferative disorders and mesangial cell proliferative disorders.
Blood vesael proliferative disorders refer to angiogenic and vasculogen:ic disorders generally resulting in abnormal proliferation of blood vessels. The formation and spreading of blood vessels, or vasculogenesis and angiogenesis, respectively, May important roles in a variety of physiological ;processes such as embryonic development, corpus luteum formation, wound healing and organ regeneration. They also play a pivotal role in cancer development. Other examples of blood weasel proliferation disorders include arthritis, where new capillary blood vessels invade the joint and destroy cartilaa~e, and ocular diseases, like diabetic retinopathy, where new capillaries in the retina invade the vitreous, bleed and cause blindness. Conversely, disorders related to the shrinkage, contraction or closing of blood vessels, such as re~~tenosis, are also implicated.
Fibrotic disorders refer to the abnormal formation of extracellular matrix. Examples of fibrotic disorders include hepatic cirrhosis and mesangial cell proliferative disorders.
Hepatic cirrohis is characterized by the increase in extracellular matrix; constituents resulting in the formation of a hepatic scar. Hepatic, cirrhosis can cause diseases such as cirrhosis of the liver. An increased extracellular matrix resulting in a hepatic scar can also be caused by viral infection such as hepatitis. Lipocytes appear to play a major role in hepat=is cirrhosis. Other fibrotic disorders implicated include atherosclerosis (see, below).
Mesangial cell proliferative disorders refer to disorders brought about by abnormal proliferation of mesangial cells. Mesangial proliferative disorders include various human renal diseases, such as glomerulonephritis, diabetic nephroypathy, malignant nephrosclerosis, thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes, transplant rejection, and glomerulopathies. The PDGF-R has been implicated in the maintenance of mesanarial cell proliferation. Floege et al., 1993, Kidney International 43:47S-54S.
PTKs have been associated with such cell proliferative disorders. For example, some members of the RTK family have been associated with the development of cancer. Some of these receptors, like: the EGFR (Tuzi et al., 1991, Br. J.
Cancer 63:227-233; Torp et al., 1992, APMIS 100:713-719) HER2/neu (Slamon et al., 1989, Science 244:707-712) and the PDGF-R (Kumabe et al., 1992, Oncogene 7:627-633) are overexpressed in many tumors and/or persistently activated by autocrine loops. In fact, in the most common and severe cancers these receptor overexpressions (Akbasak and Suner-Akbasak et al., 1992,, J. Neurol. Sci. 111:119-133; Dickson et al., 1992, Cancer Treatment Res. 61:249-273; Korc et al., 1992, J. CZin. Invest.. 90:1352-1360) and autocrine loops (Lee and Donoghue, 1992, ~T. Cell. Biol. 118:1057-1070; Korc et al., supra; Akh~asak and Suner-Akbasak et al., supra) have been demonstrated. For example, the EGFR receptor has been associated with. squamous cell carcinoma, astrocytoma, giioblastoma, head and neck cancer, lung cancer and bladder cancer. HER2 h.as been associated with breast, ovarian, gastric, lung, pancrc_as and bladder cancer. The PDGF-R has been associated with glioblastoma, lung, ovarian, melanoma and prostate cancer. The TRK c-met has been generally associated wits. hepat:ocarcinogenesis and thus hepatocellular carcinoma. Adc.itionally, c-met has been linked to malignant tumor formation. More specifically, the RTK c-met has been associated with, among other cancers, colorectal, thyroid, pancreatic and gastric carcinoma, leukemia and lymphoma.
Additionally, over-expression of the c-met gene has been detected in patients with Hodgkins disease, Burkitts disease, and the lymphoma cel:~ line.
A
' ~ ~ ~~ % ~'7 The IGF-IR, in addition to being implicated in nutritional support and in type-II diabetes, has also been associated with sevE~ral types of cancers. For example, IGF-I
has been implicated as an autocrine growth stimulator for several tumor types,, e.g. human breast cancer carcinoma cells (Arteaga et al., 1989, J. Clin. Invest. 84:1418-1423) and small lung tumor cells (Macauley et al., 1990, Cancer Res.
50:2511-2517). In addition, IGF-I, integrally involved in the normal growth and differentiation of the nervous system, appears to be an aui=ocrine stimulator of human gliomas.
Sandberg-Nordg:vist Eat al., 1993, Cancer Res. 53:2475-2478.
The importance: of the IGF-IR and its ligands in cell proliferation is fu~_-ther supported by the fact that many cell types in culture (fibroblasts, epithelial cells, smooth muscle cells, T-lymphocytes, myeloid cells, chondrocytes, osteoblasts, the stE:m cells of the bone marrow) are stimulated to grow by IGF-I. Goldring and Goldring, 1991, Eukaryotic Genie Expression 1:301-326. In a series of recent publications, Baserga even suggests that IGF-I-R plays a central role i.n the mechanisms of transformation and, as such, could be: a preferred target for therapeutic interventions for a broad spectrum of human malignancies.
Baserga, 1995, Cancer Res. 55:249-252; Baserga, 1994, Cell 79:927-930; C'.oppola et al., 1994, Mol. Cell. Biol. 14:4588-4595.
The association between abnormalities in RTKs and disease are not resi~ricted to cancer, however. For example, RTKs have been associated with metabolic diseases like psoriasis, diabetes mellitus, wound healing, inflammation, and neurodegenerative diseases. For example, the EGF-R is indicated in c:ornea:l and dermal wound healing. Defects in the Insulin-R and the IGF-1R are indicated in type-II
diabetes mellitus. A more complete correlation between specific RTKs and their therapeutic indications is set forth in Plowman et al., :L994, DN&P 7:334-339.
Not only receptor type tyrosine kinases, but also many cellular tyro~cine k:inases (CTKs) including src, abl, fps, ~19~i9i yes, fyn, lyn, lck, blk, hck, fgr, yrk (reviewed by Bolen et al., 1992, FASEB J. 6:3403-3409) are involved in the proliferative and meaabolic signal transduction pathway and thus in indications of the present invention. For example, mutated src (v-src) has been demonstrated as an oncoprotein (pp60"-S=°) in chicken. Moreover, its cellular homolog, the proto-oncogene pp60°-Sr° transmits oncogenic signals of many receptors. For example, overexpression of EGF-R or HER2/neu in tumors leads to t:he constitutive activation of pp60~-5r~, which is characteri~>tic for the malignant cell but absent from the normal cell. On the other hand, mice deficient for the expression of c-~src exhibit an osteopetrotic phenotype, indicating a key participation of c-src in osteoclast function and a possible involvement in related disorders.
Similarly, Zap 70 i~~ implicated in T-cell signalling.
Furthermore, the identification of CTK modulating compounds to augment: or even synergize with RTK aimed blockers is an aspects of the present invention.
Finally, both RTKs and non-receptor type kinases have been connected to hyperimmune disorders.
4.5. Pharmaceutical Formulations And Routes Of Administration The compounds described herein can be administered to a human patient per se, or in pharmaceutical compositions where it is mixed with su~'~table carriers or excipient(s).
Techniques for formulation and administration of the compounds of the instant application may be found in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences," Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, latest Edition.
4.5.1. Routes Of Administration.
Suitable routes of administration may, for example, include oral, rectal, transmucosal, or intestinal administration.; parE:nteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrarnedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitonea.l, ini~ranasal, or intraocular injections.
Alternats:ly, one may administer the compound in a local rather than systemic: manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into a solid tumor, often in a depot or sustained release formulation.
Furthermore, one may administer the drug in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with tumor-specific: antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up ~;elect~Lvely by the tumor.
4.5.2. Composition/Formulation.
The pharnaceut~:cal compositions of the present invention may be manufacaured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levic~ating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilizing processes.
Pharmaceutical compositions for use in accordance with the present invention thus may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprising exc:ipienta and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the acaive compounds into preparations which can be used ph.armace:utically. Proper formulation is dependent upon. the route of administration chosen.
For injection, the agents of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For transmucosal admini~~tration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
For oral administration; the compounds can be formulated readily by combining the active compounds with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art.
Such carriers enable: the compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated. Pharmaceutical preparations f'or oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with a solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the A
X192797 ~s mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients arcs, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including laci~ose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations :such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice :March, potato :starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylc~ellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereo:E such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cares are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionall~~ contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, c~arbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterise different combinations of active compound doses.
Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-:Eit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsulcas made of gelatin and a plasticizes, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with fillers such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.
For bucc<31 administration,the compositions may take the form of tables=s or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds for use according to 1_he present invention are conveniently delivered in the form o:E an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nehuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetra:Eluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e.g. gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
The compounds :may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous ini:usion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may tal'~ce such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents :such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agE:nts.
Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-:soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles inclL:de fai~ty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, :such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Ag:ueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
Optionally, th.e suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agent, which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow i:or the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
The compounds may also be fonaulated in rectal compositions ~;uch a;s suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing corwentional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation.
Such long acting fo:cmulations may be administered by implantation (;for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramu~~cular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oi7_) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
A pharmaceutical carrier for the hydrophobic compounds of the invention is a co-solvent system comprising benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water-miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase. The cosolvent system may be the VPD co-so:Lvent system. VPD is a solution of 3% w/v benzyl alcoho:L, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant polysorbate 80, and 65% w,~v polyethylene glycol 300, made up to volume in absolute ethanol. The VPD co-solvent system (VPD:DSW) consists of V1?D diluted 1:1 with a 5% dextrose in water solution. This co-solvent system dissolves hydrophobic compounds wel:L, and itself produces low toxicity upon systemic administration. Naturally, the proportions of a co-solvent system may be varied considerably without destroying its solubilit~t and toxicity characteristics. Furthermore, the identity of the. co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other low-toxicity nonpolar surfactants may be used instead of po:Lysorbate 80; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polye~thyler.~e glycol, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars ~~r pol.ysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
Alternatively, other delivery systems for hydrophobic pharmaceutical compounds may be employed. Liposomes'and emulsions are well known examples of delivery vehicles or A
. ~ 2192797 carriers for hydrophobic drugs. Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsul.foxide also may be employed, although usually at the cost: of greater toxicity. Additionally, the compounds may be delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various sustained-release materials have been. established and are well known by those skilled in th.e art. Sustained-release capsules may, depending on 'their chemical nature, release the compounds for a few weeks u~p to over 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the= biological stability of the therapeutic reagent, additional strategies for protein stabilization may be employed.
The pharmaceutical compositions also may comprise suitable solid or gel phase carriers or excipients. Examples of such carri~ars or excipients include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene glycols.
Many of l.he PTK modulating compounds of the invention may be providEad as salts with pharmaceutically compatible counterions. Pharmaceutically compatible salts may be formed with many acids, including but not limited to hydrochloric, sulfuric, acei~ic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc.
Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents that are the corresponding free base forms.
4 . 5 ,. 3 . Ef f ective Dosage .
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present invent=ion include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. More specifically, a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of compound effective to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of disease or prolong the survival of the subject being treated.
Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the ca~~ability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of tree detailed disclosure provided herein.
A
___ , t~. ~ .,~~ 1 I' For any compound used in the methods of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture a:~says. For example, a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating concentration range that includes the ICSO as determined in cell culture (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieve; a half-maximal inhibition of the PTK
activity). Such ini:ormation can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the compounds described herein can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LDSO (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the EDSO (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LDSO and EDso . Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from these cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulatingf concentrations that include the EDso with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dlosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. The exact formulation, route of administration and f.osage can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. (See e.g., Fingl et al., 1975, in "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", Ch. 1 p.1).
Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the active moiety which are sufficient to 'maintain the kinase modulating effects, or minimal effective concentration (MEC). The MEC will vary for each compound but can be estimated from in vitro data; e.g., the concentration necessary to achieve 50-90% inhibition of the kinase using the assays described herein. Dosages necessary to a~~hieve the MEC will depend on individual characteristics and. route of administration. However, HPLC
assays or bioassays can be used to determine plasma concentrations.
Dosage intervals can also be determined using MEC value.
Compounds should be administered using a regimen which maintains pla:~ma levels above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, preferably be~~ween 30-90% and most preferably between 50-90%.
In cases of local administration or selective uptake, the effective local concentration of the drug may not be related to pl<~sma concentration.
The amount of composition administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject being treated, on the subject's weight, the se=verity of the affliction, the manner of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
4.5,.4. Packaging The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms contain~_ng the active ingredient. The pack may for example compr~_se metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions f:or administration. Compositions comprising a compound of tree invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutica7_ carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labelled for treatment of an indicated condition. Suitable conditions indicated on the label may inc~.ude treatment of a tumor, inhibition of angiogenesis, treatment of fibrosis, diabetes, and the like.
5. EXAMPLE: Compound Synthesis The compounds of the present invention may be synthesized according to known techniques. The following represent preferred methods for synthesizing the compounds of the claimed ir.:vention.
5.1. General Syntheses of 3-Substituted-2-Indolinone Analogs o ~a~i,a7 The following general methodologies were used to synthesize 3-:substituted-2-indolinone compounds of the invention.
5.1..1. Method A
A rE~action mixture of the proper oxindole (2-indolinone) (:L equiv.), the appropriate aldehyde (1.2 equiv.), and piperidine (0.1 equiv.) in ethanol (1 - 2 mL / 1 mmol oxindole;~ was stirred at 90°C for 3 - 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield the target compound.
5 .1,. 2 . Method B
Preparation of The Proper Aldehydes via Vilsmeier Reaction. To a solution of N,N-dimethylformamide (1.2 equiv.) in 1,2-dichloroethane (2.0 mL / 1.0 mmole of starting material) was added dropwise phosphorus oxychloride (1.2 equiv.) at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 30 min. The proper starting material (1.0 equiv.) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50-70°C
for 5 h - 2 days. 'L'he reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1N sodium hydroxide solution (pH = 9 after mixing) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethy:L acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporai~ed. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column a:Luting with a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane 1.o afford the title compound.
Synthesis for 3-Substituted-2-Indolinone Analogs.
A reaction mi~saure of the proper oxindole (2-indolinone) (1 equiv.), the appropriate aldehyde (1.2 equiv.), and piperidine (0.1 equ_w.) in ethanol (1 - 2 mL / 1 mmol oxindole) was stirred at 90°C for 3 - 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol and dried to yield. the target compound.
5.2. Synthesis C)f 3-Henzylidene-2-Indolinone The p~referz-ed method for synthesizing 3-benzylidene-2-indolinone is as follows: Added 123.2 ~C1 of benzaldehyde anal 40 Ecl of piperidine to a solution of 137.0 mg of oxindole in 2.0 ml methanol. Reflux the reaction mixtured for 3 hours and cool down the mixture in an ice-water bath. Filter t:he resulting precipitate, wash with cold methanol and dry in an oven at 40°C overnight. Approximately 129.0 mg of the compound was obtained using such protocol.
5.3. Synthesis 0f 3-((Pyrid-4-yl) methylene]-~2-indolinone The preferred method for synthesizing 3-[(Pyrid-4-y1 ) methylene ] -2-indo7.inone is as follows : Add 117 . 0 ~cl of 4-pyridinecarboxaldehyde and 40 p,1 of piperidine to a solution of 138.0 mg of oxindole in 2.0 ml methanol. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and cooled down in an ice-water bath. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with cold methanol and dried in an oven at 40°C overnight to give 134.5 mg of the compound.
5.4. Synthesis c>f 3-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone (Method H):
4-(Morpholin-4-yl)benzaldehyde. To a solution of 15 mL
of N,N-dimethylformamide in 50 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane was added dropwise 10 mL of phosphorus oxychloride at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 30 min. 4-Phenylmorpholine (16.3 g) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 days. Triethylamine (2.5 mL) was added to the above reaction mixture and the reaction was refluxed for 2 days. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1N sodium hydroxide solution (pH = 9 after mixing) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 2 x 20 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layer was A
21 ~~i 9i washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporai~ed. The residue was separated on a silica gel co7.umn e:Luting with a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane i~o afford 12.95 g (68%) of the title compound as a white solid.
3-[4-(Mo=vpholin-4-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone. A
reaction mixture of 6.66 g of oxindole, 11.50 g of the 4-(morpholine-4--yl)benzaldehyde, and 5 mL of piperidine in 50 mL of ethanol was ;stirred at 90°C for 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 15.0 g (98%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.5. Synthesis of 3-[4-(4-Formylpiperazin-1-Y1)x~enzyl:Ldenyl]-2-indolinone (Method B):
4-(4-Fora~ylpipearazin-1-yl)benzaldehyde. To a solution of 3.9 mL (30 mmole:~) of N,N-dimethylformamide in 20 mL of 1,2-dichloroet:hane was added dropwise 3.0 mL (3.9 mmoles) of phosphorus oxychloride at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixtures was further stirred for 15 min. 1-Phenylpiperazine (16.0 g, 10 mmoles) was added to the above solution portionwisE~ and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1N sodium hydroxide solution and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 2 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anriydrou:~ sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was sE:paratE:d on a silica gel column eluting with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane to afford 9.0 g (41%) of the title compound a light yellow solid.
3-[4-(4-F'ormylpiperazin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone.
A reaction mi~aure of 133.15 mg of oxindole, 228.3 mg of 4 (piperazin-1y7.)benzaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was si~irred at 90°C for 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol and 2192%;~7 dried to yield 199.5 mg (65%) of the title compound a yellow solid.
5.6. Synthesis of 3-[4-(Piperidin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinon~e (Method B).
4-(Piperidin-1~-yl)benzaldehyde. To a solution of 2.3 mL
(30 mmoles) of N,N-dimethylformamide in 10 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane was added dropwise 2.8 mL (30 mmoles) of phosphorus ox~~chlor:ide at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and to the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min. 1-Phenylpiperidine (3.2 mL, 20 mmoles) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. Tree reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 2N
sodium hydroxide so:Lution and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with :? x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was w<~shed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium su:Lfate and evaporated. The residue was separated on a~. silica gel column eluting with ethyl acetate and hexane to afford 1.5 g (400) of the title compound as a white solid.
3-[4-(Piperidin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone. A
reaction mixtL:re of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 226.8 g of 4-(piperidine-1-yl)benzaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was :stirred at 90°C for 5 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield. 268.5 mg (88%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5~~~ Synt.hesis of 3-[2-Chloro-4-methoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indo~linone~.
2-Chloro-~4-methoxybenzaldehyde. The reaction mixture of 1.0 g (6.4 mmoles) of 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4.4 g (32 mmoles) of potassium carbonate, and 1.4 g (9.6 mmoles) of methyl iodide in 10 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at 70°C for 2 h and poured into ice water. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried at 40°C in vacuum 19>l9i oven overnight to yield 750 mg (68%) of the title compound as a light pink solid.
3-[2-Chloro-4-methoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone. The reaction mixture of 487.9 mg (3.7 mmoles) of oxindole, 750 mg (4.3 mmoles) ~~f 2-chloro-4-methoxybenzaldehyde and 4 drops of piperidine in 5 mL of ethanol was heated to 90°C for 2 h and cooled to room temperature. The yellow precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried at 40°C in a vacuum oven overnight to give 680.2 mg (62%) of the title compound.
5.8. Synithesis of 3-[(4-Methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
A reaction mixture of 133.0 mg of oxindole, 151.2 mg of the 4-methylthiophene-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 3 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling,, the :precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 147.3 mg (61%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.9. Syni:hesis of 3-[(3-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinon~e .
A reaction mixture of 133.0 mg of oxindole, 130.9 mg of the 3-methyl~~yrrol~a-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 150.9 mg (67%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.10. Syntlhesis of 3-[(3,4-Dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3,4-L~imethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone was synthesized as described in J. Heterocyclic Chem. 13:1145-1147 (1976).
Ethyl 4-methylpyrrol-3-oarboxylate. A solution of 11.86 g (0.1 moles) of ethyl crotonate and 19.50 g (0.1 moles) of p-toluenesulfanylmei~hylisocyanide in 500 mL of a 2:1 ether/dimethyl.sulfo:~ide was added dropwise into a suspension _. ~ 2192797 ~~
of 6.8 g of sodiium hydride (60% mineral oil dispension, 0.17 moles) in ether' at room temperature. Upon completion of addition the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min and diluted with 400 mL oi: water. The aqueous layer was extracted with 3x100 mL of ether. The combined ether extracts were passed through a cohunn of alumina eluting with dichloromethane.. Ths: organic solvent was evaporated and the resulting residue was solidified on standing. The solid was washed with hexane and dried at 40°C in vacuum oven overnight to yield 12.38 g (80~>) of the title compound.
Preparation of a,4-Dimethylpyrrole. To a solution of 23 g (80 mmoles) of sodium dihydrobis(2-methoxyethoxy aluminate) was added dropwise of: a solution of 5 g (34 mmoles) of ethyl 4-methylpyrrol-3-carboxylate in 50 mL of benzene at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h. Water (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed and the residue was distilled giving 1.2 g (44%) of the title compound.
Preparation of 3.,4-Dimethylpyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde. To a solution of 0.92 mL (12 mmoles) of N,N-dimethylformamide in 10 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane was added dropwise 1.0 mL (12 mmoles) of phosphorus, oxychloride at 0°C. The ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture was further stirred for 30 min. 3,4-Dimethylpyrrole (960.0 mg, 10 mmoles) was added to the above solution portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold 1:K sodium hydroxide solution (pH = 9 after mixing) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer w,3s extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer w,3s washed with brine until pH = 7, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was chromatographed on a silica gel column eluting with a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane to afford 610 mg (50%) of the title compound.
A
3-[(3,4-i)imethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone. A
reaction mixture of 67.0 mg (0.5 mmoles) of oxindole, 73.0 mg (0.6 mmoles) of the 3,4-dimethylpyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde, and 2 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C
for 3 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 87.7 mg (37%) of the title compound, as a yellow solid.
5.11. Synthesis of 3-[(2,4-Dimethyl-3-l0 ethoxycarbonylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo7Linone A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 234.3 mg of the 4-ethoxycarbonyl_-3,5-dimethylpyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 3 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, l5.washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 244.6 mg (79%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.12. Synthesis of 3-[(2,4 -Dimeth 1 yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone y pyrrol-5-20 A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 147.8 mg of the 3,5-dimethyylpyrr~ole-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 136.7 mg (57%) of the title 25 compound as a :fellow solid.
5.13. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Methylmercaptothien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 189.9 mg of 30 the 5-methylmercaptothiophene-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine :in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 246.6 mg (900) of the title compound as a orange solid.
5.14. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Methylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone A
~.'' ~ 2 %' 9 l .. , A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 151.42 mg of the 5-methyltlZiophene-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold 5 ethanol, and dried to yield 237.8 mg (99%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
5.15. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 10 A reaction mixture of 134.0 mg of oxindole, 151.4 mg of the 3-methylthiophe:ne-2-carboxaldehyde, and 3 drops of piperidine in 2 mL of ethanol was stirred at 90°C for 3 h.
After cooling, the precipitate was filtered, washed with cold ethanol, and dried to yield 157.8 mg (65%) of the title 15 compound as a yellow solid.
5.16. Syntlhesis of 3-(2,5-Dimethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3-(2,5-L~imethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.17. Synthesis of 3-(2,3-dimethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indo:Linone 3-(2,3-dimethoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.18. Synthesis of 3-(3-bromo-6-methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(3-bromo-6-mEahoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.19. Synthesis of 3-[4-(4-t-butylcarbonyl-piperazin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 3-[4-(4-t-butylcarbonyl-piperazin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthE~sized according to Method B.
5,20. Synthesis of 3-[(furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone ~192i97 3-[(furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to ZZethod A.
5.21. Synthesis of 3-(4-acetamidobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3- (4-acei=amido:benzylidenyh) -2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.22. Syntlhesis of 3-(2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3_(2-chloro-4-lzydroxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.23. Syntlhesis of 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3-(4-Bronobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.24. Synthesis of 3-(4-Acetylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indo:Linone 3-(4-Acet:ylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.25. Synthesis of 3-(2-Methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3-(2-Methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.26. Synthesis of 3-(4-Dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-1-mei~hyl-2-indolinone 3-(4-DimE~thylaminobenzylidenyl)-1-methyl-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.27. Synthesis of 3-(4-Dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-Dime~thylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is available from Maybridge Chemical Co. Ltd.
- ~ 1 ~2l ~~7 5.28. Synthesis of 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-1-methyl-2-iadolinone 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-1-methyl-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.29. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-(4-dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 5-Chloro--3-(4-dimethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized a<:cording to Method A.
5,30. Syntlhesis of 3-(4-Bromobenzylidenyl)-5-ahloro-2-indolinone 3-(4-Browobenz~~ilidenyl)-5-chloro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.31. Syntlhesis of 3-(4-Diethylaminobenzylidenyl)-2-indo:linone 3- (4-Diet:hylam:inobenzylidenyl) -2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.32. Synthesis of 3-(4-Di-n-buty:Laminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-Di-r~-buty:Laminobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.33. Synthesis of 1-Methyl-3-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)be~nzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 1-Methyl-~3-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.34. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-(4-(morpholine-4-yl)bE:nzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-~3-(4-(morpholine-4-yl)benzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.35. Synthesis of 3-(3,4-Dichlorobenzylidenyl)-2-indo7Linone 3-(3,4-Dichlorobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
2?92797 5.36. Synthesis of 3-(2-Ethoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indo~linone 3-(2-Eth~~xybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to lKethod A.
5.37. Synthesis of 3-(4-Fluorobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-Fluorobenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to l~iethod A.
5.38. Synthesis of 3-[(Thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.39. Synthesis of 3-(2-Methoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(2-Metlaoxybenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5~40. Synthesis of 3-[2-[3,5-Di-(tri;fluoromethyl)phenyl]furan-5-yl]methylene]-2 -i:ndolinone 3-[2-[3,5-Di-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]furan-5-yl]methylene]--2 -indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.41. Syntlhesis of 2,6-Di-(dimethylamino)-3,5-di-[(indolin-2-one-3-ylidenyl)met hyl]-phenylcyanide 2,6-Di-(dimethylamino)-3,5-di-[(indolin-2-one-3-ylidenyl)met hyl]-phenylcyanide is synthesized according to Method A.
5.42. Synthesis of 3-[(3-(2-carboxyethyl)-4-meth~~lpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo linone 3-[(3-(2-~carbo:cyethyl)-4-methylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo linone is. synthesized according to Method A.
~ 3 ~~7 j7 5.43. Synthesis of 3-[(3,4-Dibromo-5-methylpyrrol-2-yl)m~ethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3,4-:Dibrom,o-5-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.44. Synthesis of 3-[(3,4-Dimethyl-2-formylpyrrole-5-yl)methylene)-2-indolinone 3-[(3,4-l~imethyl-2-formylpyrrole-5-yl)methylene)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,45. Synthesis of 3-{[4-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene }-2-indolinone 3-~[4-(2~-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene :~-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.46. Synthesis of 3-[2-Iodofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[2-Iodofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.47. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolin one 3-[(3-Ethoxyca:rbonyl-2-methylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synth~'sized according to Method A.
5,48. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Bromothiene-2-yl)m~ethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Bromothiene-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.49. Syntlhesis of 3-[(2-Chlorothiene-5-yl)m~sthylene)-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Chl.oroth:iene-5-yl)methylene)-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.50. Synthesis of 3-[(2,3-Dimethylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 2i92i97 3-[(2,3-Dimethylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized a~~cording to Method A.
5.51. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Nitrothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-in~dolinone 3-[(5-Nii~rothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.52. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Carboxythien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Carboxythien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.53. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Bromothiene-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Bromothiene-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.54. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Bromothiene-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-BromothiE:ne-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.55. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Sulphonylfuran-5-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone sodium salt 3-[(2-Sulphony7_furan-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone sodium salt is synthesized according to Method A.
5.56. Synthesis of 3-[(Furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indo7.inone 3-[(Furan-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.57. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Methylfuran-5-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Methylfuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.58. synthesis of 3-[(2-Ethylfuran-5-yl)methylene-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Ethylfuran-5-yl)methylene-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.59. Synthesis of 3-[(2-Nitrofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(2-Nitrofuran-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,60. synthesis of 3-[(5-Hromofuran-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Bromofuran-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.6i. synthesis of 3-[(2-Ethylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indoliaone 3-[(2-Ethylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.62. synthesis of 3-[(4,5-Dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4,5-Dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.63. synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethouycarbonyl-4-ethouycarbonylethyl-3-ethoxycarbonylm ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Ethoxycarbonyl-4-ethoxycarbonylethyl-3-ethoxycarbonylmethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.64. synthesis of 3-[(5-Carboxy-3-ethyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indoliaone 3-[(5-Carboxy-3-ethyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-~ndolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
- 2?92797 5.65. Synl:hesis of 3-[(3,5-Diiodo-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)aaethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3,5-Diiodo-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.66. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Chloro-3-methoxycarbonyl-4-methoxycarbonylmethylpyrrol -2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Chloro-3~-methoxycarbonyl-4-methoxycarbonylmethylpyrrol -2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.67. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Acetyl-5-ethoxycarbonyl-4-meth.ylpyrrol)-2-yl)methylene ]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Acetyl-5-ethoxycarbonyl-4-methylpyrrol)-2-yl)methylene ]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.68. Synthesis of 3-~[1-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)pyrrol-2-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone 3-{[1-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)pyrrol-2-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.69. Synthesis of 3-[1-(4-Chlorophenyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[1-(4-c:hloro;phenyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.70. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-methyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Ethoxyca:rbonyl-3-methyl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.71. Syntlhesis of 3-[(1-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(1-Met:hylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
' ~?9~~97 5.72. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethoxycarbonyl-3-etho:xycarbonylethyl-4-ethoxylcarbonyl methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Ethoxyca:rbonyl-3-ethoxycarbonylethyl-4-ethoxylcarbonyl metlhylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac:cordi:ng to Method A.
5.73. Synthesis of 3-[4-(Pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 3-[4-(Pyrrolid:in-1-yl)benzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.74. Syntlhesis of 3-[(5-Methylimidazol-2 yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Met:hylim:idazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.75. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Methylthiazol-2 yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Met:hylth_iazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.76. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylpyrazol-5 yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Met:hylpyrazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.77. Synthesis of 3-[(Imidazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indo7linone 3-[(Imida.zol-4--yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.78. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Chloropyrazol-3 yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Chloropyrazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
a 1 ~~%97 5.79. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Bromo-1-(4-chlo.robenzyl)pyrazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indo - lino:ne 3-[(4-Bromo-1-(4-chlorobenzyl)pyrazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.80. Synthesis of 3-[(4-Chloro-1-methylpyrazol-3-yl)m~ethylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Ch~Loro-1~-methylpyrazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.81. Syntlhesis of 3-[(4-Ethyl-3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(4-Ethyl-3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5.82. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Et:hylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method B.
5,83. Synthesis of 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-4-(propen-2-yl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[3,5-Di.methy7L-4-(propen-2-yl)pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthEaized according to Method B.
5.84. Synthesis of 5,6-Dimethoxyl-3-[2,3-dimet:hoxylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 5,6-Dimethoxyl--3-[2,3-dimethoxylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,g5. Synthesis of 3-[2,4,6-Trimethoxybenzylidenyl]-2-inclolinone 3-[2,4,6-Trimet:hoxybenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.86. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone ?9?_~~7 5-Chloro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized a~~cording to Method A.
5.87. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro~-3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.88. Synthesis of 3-(4-isopropylbenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone 3-(4-isopropyl:benzylidenyl)-2-indolinone is available from MaybridgE~ Chemical Co. Ltd.
5.89. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(3,5-dimet:hylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indo7.inone 5-Chloro-3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthsaized according to Method A.
5.90. synthesis of 3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone -[(pyrrol-2-yl.)methylene]-2-indolinone is available from Maybridge Chemical Co. Ltd.
5.91. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(indol-3-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-3-[(in.dol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.92. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-3-[(thien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac~~ording to Method A.
5.93. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(3-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-:3-[(3-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is :synthesized according to Method A.
2_ 192 % 97 5.94. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro~-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.95. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(5-ethylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro--3-[(5-ethylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5, g6. Syntlhesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(5-methylmeraaptothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indo:linone 5-Chloro-~3-[(5~-methylmercaptothien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone i.s syni~hesized according to Method A.
5.97. Synthesis of 5-Chloro-3-[(imidazol-2 yl)meathylene]-2-indolinone 5-Chloro-3-[(imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.98. Synthesis of 3-[2,4-Dimethoxy-6-methylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone 3-[2,4-Dimetho};y-6-methylbenzylidenyl]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.99. Synthesis of 5-Nitro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 5-Nitro-3-[(pyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.100. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)me;thylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is ;synthesized according to Method A.
5.101. Synthesis of 3-[(3,5-Dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 2 ~ ~219T
3-[(3,5-I)imethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synths=sized according to Method A.
5.102. Synthesis of 3-[(Indol-3-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(Indol.-3-yl;Imethylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.103. Synthesis of 5-Nitro-3-[(thien-2-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 5-Nitro-3-[(th:ien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.104. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Methylthien-2-yl)meahylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthsa ized according to Method A.
5.105. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Methylthien-2-yl)meahylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Methylthi_en-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.106. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Ethylthien-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Ethylthie:n-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthea ized according to Method A.
5.107. Synthesis of 3-[(5-Methylmercaptothien-2-yl)meahylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Met:hylmercaptothien-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5~108. Synthesis of 3-[(Imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-5-vitro-2-indolinone ' ! ~ ~~~~~~
3-[(Imida.zol-2--yl)methylene]-5-nitro-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.109. Synthesis of 3-[(Oxazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone 3-[(Oxazol-2-yl.)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.11o. Synthesis of 3-[(Oxazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indol.inone l0 3-[(Oxazol-4-yl.)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.111. Synth~,esis of 3-[(Oxazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Oxazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.112. Synthesis of 3-[(Thiazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thiazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.113. Synthesis of 3-[(Thiazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thiaz~~l-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac~~ording to Method A.
5.114. Synthesis of 3-[(Thiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Thiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.115. Synthesis of 3-[(Imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Imida;Col-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
? ~~~~ ~i 5.116. Synthesis of 3-[(Pyrazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Pyra;.ol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.117. synthesis of 3-[(Pyrazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-in~dolinone 3-[(Pyra~;ol-4-;yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized ac:cordi:ng to Method A.
l0 5,118. synthesis of 3-[(Isoxazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoxazol-3~-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.119. Syntlhesis of 3-[(Isoxazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoxazol-4~-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.120. Synthesis of 3-[(Isoxazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoxa.zol-5--yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.121. Synthesis of 3-[(Isothiazol-3-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isoth.iazol--3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.122. Synthesis of 3-[(Isothiazol-4-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isothiazol--4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.123. Synthesis of 3-[(Isothiazol-5-yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(Isothiazol-~5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
~' ~ ',~L% ~?%
5.124. Synthesis of 3-[(1,2,3-Triazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(1,2,3-Tria:Col-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.125. Synthesis of 3-[(1,3,4-Thiadiazol-2 yl)meahylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(1,3,4-Thiadiazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5,126. S nthesis of 3 y -[(5-Phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(5-Phenyl-1,.2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthesized according to Method A.
5.127. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthEaized according to Method A.
5.128. Synthesis of 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,5-oxadiazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone 3-[(3-Phenyl-1,2,5-oxadiazol-4-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone is synthsaized according to Method A.
6 . EXAMPLES : In Vi: tro RTR Assays The following i:n vitro assays may be used to determine the level of activity and effect of the different compounds of the present invention on one or more of the RTKs. ~>imilar assays can be designed along the same lines for any tyrosine kinase using techniques 3 0 wel l known in the art .
6.1. Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) Enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA) may be used to detect and measure the presence of tyrosine kinase activity. The ELISA may be conducted according to known protocols which are described in, for example, Voller, et al., 1980, "Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay," In': Manual of Clinical Immunology, 2d ed., edited by Rose and.Friedman, pp 359-371 Am. Soc. Of Microbiology, Washington, D.C.
The disclosed protocol may be adapted for determining activity with respect to a specific RTR. For example, the preferred protocols for conducting the ELISA
experiments for specific RTKs is provided below.
Adaptation of these protocols for determining a compound's activity for.other_members of the RTK family, ~
as well as non-receptor tyrosine kinases, are within the scope of those in the art.
6.1.1. FLR-1 ELISA
~ An ELISA assay was conducted to measure the kinase activity of the FLK-p receptor and more specifically, the inhibition or activation of protein tyrosine kinase activity on the FLK-1 receptor.:
Specifically, the following assay was conducted to measure kinase activity of the FLK-1 receptor in FLK-1/NIH3T3 cells.
Mater~Lals Aad Methods.
Materials. The following reagents and supplies were used:
a. Corning 96-well ELISA plates (Corning Catalog No. 25805-96);
b. Cappel goat anti-rabbit IgG (catalog no.
. 55641);
c. PBS (Gibco Catalog No. 450-1300EB);
d, TBSW Buffer 50 mM Tris ( (pH 7.2), 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% TweenTM-20) ;
e. Ethanolamine stock (10% ethanolamine (pH,7.0), stored at 4°C);
f. HNTG buffer (20mM HEPES buffer (pH 7.5), 150mM
NaCl, 0.2o TritonTM X-100, and 10% glycerol);
g. EDTA (0.5 M (pH 7.0) as a 100X stock);
h. Sodium oritho vanadate (0.5 M as a 100X stock);
i. Sodi.um py:-o phosphate (0.2M as a 100X stock);
j. NUNC: 96 weall V bottom polypropylene plates (ApF~lied Scientific Catalog No. AS-72092);
k. NIH3T3 C7~~3 Cells (FLK-1 expressing cells);
1. DMEM: with 1X high glucose L Glutamine (catalog No. 11965--050) ;
m. FBS, Gibco (catalog no. 16000-028);
n, L-glutamine, Gibcp (catalog no. 25030-016);
o. VEGF, PeproTech, Inc. (catalog no. 100-20)(kept as 1 ~g/100 u1 stock in Milli-Q dH20 and stored at -20°C;
p. Affinity purified anti-FLK-1 antiserum, Enzymology Lab, Sugen, Inc.;
q. UB40 monoclonal antibody specific for phosphotymosine, Enzymology Lab, Sugen, Inc.
(see, Fendly, et al., 1990, Cancer Research 50:1550-1558);
r~ EIA grade Goat anti-mouse IgG-POD (BioRad catalog no. 172-1011);
s. 2,2-azino-~bis(3-ethylbenz-thiazoline-6-sulfonic acid (ABTS~) solution (100mM citric acid (anhvydrous,) , 250 mM NazHP04 (pH 4. 0) , 0.5 mg/ml ABTS (Sigma catalog no. A-1888)), solution should be stored in dark at 4°C until ready for use;
t. H202 (30% ~;olution) (Fisher catalog no. H325) ;
u. ABTS,/HzOz (15m1 ABTS solution, 2 u1 Hz02) prep~~red 5 minutes before use and left at room temperature;
~. 0.2 1~I HC1 stock in HZO;
w. dimel:hylsulfoxide (100%)(Sigma Catalog No. D-8418); and y. Trypsin-EDTA (Gibco BRL Catalog No. 25200-049).
Protocol. The following protocol was used for conducting the assay:
A
~~92~97 1. Coa~~ Corning 96-well elisa plates with 1.O~,g per well CappE:l Anti-rabbit IgG antibody in O.1M Na2C03 pH
9.6. Bring final volume to 150 ~,1 per well. Coat plates overnight at ~~°C. Plates can be kept up to two weeks when stored ai. 4 ° C .
2. Grow cells in Growth media(DMEM, supplemental with 2.OmM L-(ilutamine, 10% FBS) in suitable culture dishes until c:onflu~ent at 37°C, 5%
3. Harvest cells by trypsinization and seed in Corning 25850 polystyrene 96-well roundbottom cell plates, 25.00() cella/well in 200~c1 of growth media.
4. Grow cello at least one day at 37°C, 5% CO2.
5. Waste cell: with D-PBS 1X.
6. Add 200~C1,/well of starvation media (DMEM, 2.OmM
1-Glutamine, 0.1% FBS). Incubate overnight at 37°C, 5%
COZ .
7. Dilute Compounds/Extracts 1:20 in polypropylene 96 well plate=> using starvation media. Dilute dimethylsulfo~:ide 1:20 for use in control wells.
8. Remove starvation media from 96 well cell culture plate; and add 162 ~l of fresh starvation media to each well.
9. Add 18,1 of 1:20 diluted Compound/Extract dilution (from step 7) to each well plus the 1:20 dimethylsulfox:ide dilution to the control wells (+/-VEGF), for a final dilution of 1:200 after cell stimulation. Final dimethylsulfoxide is 0.5 %. Incubate the plate at 37°C, 5% COz for two hours.
10. Remove unbound antibody from ELISA plates by inverting plate to remove liquid. Wash 3 times with TBSW
+ 0.5% ethanolamine, pH 7Ø Pat the plate on a paper towel to remove excess liquid and bubbles.
+ 0.5% ethanolamine, pH 7Ø Pat the plate on a paper towel to remove excess liquid and bubbles.
11. Block plates with TBSW + 0.5% Ethanolamine, pH
7.0, 150 ~1 per well. Incubate plate thirty minutes while shaking on a microtiter plate shaker.
7.0, 150 ~1 per well. Incubate plate thirty minutes while shaking on a microtiter plate shaker.
12. Wash plate 3 times as described in step 10.
13. Add 0.5~CC~/well affinity purified anti-FLU-1 polyclonal rabbit antiserum. Bring final volume to 150~,1/well with TBSW + 0.5o ethanolamine pH 7Ø
Incubate plate for thirty minutes while shaking.
Incubate plate for thirty minutes while shaking.
14. Add 180 ~;1 starvation medium to the cells and stimulate cells with 20~1/well lO.OmM sodium ortho vanadate and 500 ng~/ml VEGF (resulting in a final concentration of l.OmM sodium ortho vanadate and 50ng/ml VEGF per well) for eight minutes at 37°C, 5% COz.
Negative control wells receive only starvation medium.
Negative control wells receive only starvation medium.
15. After eight minutes, media should be removed from the cells and washed one time with 200~,1/well PBS.
16. Lyse cells in 150~C1/well HNTG while shaking at room temperature for five minutes. HNTG formulation includes sodium ortho vanadate, sodium pyro phosphate and EDTA.
17. Wash ELIS.A plate three times as described in step 10.
18. Transfer cell lysates from the cell plate to elisa plate and incubate while shaking for two hours. To transfer cell lysat~e pipette up and down while scrapping the wells.
19. Wash plate three times as described in step 10.
20. Incubate '.ELISA plate with 0.02~Cg/well UB40 in TBSW + 05% ethanolamine. Bring final volume to 150~c1/well. I:ncubai~e while shaking for 30 minutes.
21. Wash plate three times as described in step 10.
22. Incubate ELISA plate with 1:10,000 diluted EIA
grade goat anti-mou:~e IgG conjugated horseradish peroxidase in TBSW -~ 0.5o ethanolamine, pH 7Ø Bring final volume to 150~i1/well. Incubate while shaking for thirty minutes.
grade goat anti-mou:~e IgG conjugated horseradish peroxidase in TBSW -~ 0.5o ethanolamine, pH 7Ø Bring final volume to 150~i1/well. Incubate while shaking for thirty minutes.
23. Wash plate as described in step 10.
24. Add 100 ~,7_ of ABTS/H20z solution to well.
Incubate ten minute=> while shaking.
Incubate ten minute=> while shaking.
25. Add 100 ~Cl of 0.2 M HC1 for 0.1 M HC1 final to stop the color development reaction. Shake 1 minute at room temperature. Remove bubbles with slow stream of air and read the ELISA plate in an ELISA plate reader at 410 nm.
6.1.2. 8ER-2 ELISA
Assay 1: EGF Receptor-HER2 Chimeric Receptor Assay In Whole Calls. HER2 kinase activity in whole EGFR-NIH3T3 cells was measured as described below:
Mater~Eals cad Reageats. The following materials and reagents Were used to conduct the assay:
a. EGF: stock concentration= 16.5 ILM; EGF 201, TOYOBO, Co., Ltd. Japan.
b. 05-101 (UBI) (a monoclonal antibody recognizing an EGFR extracellular domain).
c. Anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (anti-Ptyr) (polyclonal)(see, Fendly, et al., supra).
d. Detection antibody: Goat anti-rabbit lgG horse radish peroxidase conjugate, TAGO, Inc., Burlingame, CA:
e. TBST buffer:
Tris-HCl, pH 7.2 50 mM
NaCl ~~ 150 mM
Trito~-300 0.1 f. HNTG 5X stock:
HEPES 0.1 M
NaCl 0.75 M
Glycerol 50%
Triton X-100 1.0%
g. ABTS stock:
Citric Acid 100 mM
Na2HP04 2 5 0 mM
3'0 HCl, conc. 0.5 pM
ABTS' 0.5mg/ml * _(2,2' -azinobis(3-ethylbenzthiazolinesulfonic acid)). Keep solution in dark at 4°C until use.
h~ Stock reagents of:
EDTA 100 mM pH 7.0 Na3V04 0.5 M
Na4 ( Pz07 ) 0 . 2 M
Procedure. The following protocol was used:
A. Pre-coat ELISA Plate 1. Coat ELISA plates (Corning 96 well, Cat.
#25805-96) with 05-101 antibody at 0.5 g per well in PBS, 100 ~1 final volume/well, and store overnight at 4°C.
Coated plates are good for up to 10 days when stored at 4°C.
2. On day of use, remove coating buffer and replace with 100 ~1 blocking buffer (5% Carnation- Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk in PBS). Incubate the plate, shaking, at room temperature (about 23°C to 25°C) for 30 minutes.
Just prior to use, remove blocking buffer and wash plate 4 times with TBST buffer.
B. Seedincr Cells 1. An NIH3T3 cell line overexpressing a chimeric receptor containing the EGFR extracellular domain and extracellular HER2 kinase domain can be used for this assay.
2. Choose dishes having 80-90% confluence for the experiment. Trypsinize cells and stop reaction by adding 10% fetal bovine serum. Suspend cells in DMEM
medium (10% CS DMEM medium) and centrifuge once at 1500 rpm, at room temperature for 5 minutes.
3. Resuspend cells in seeding medium (DMEM, 0.5% bovine serum) , and count the cells using trypan blue. Viability above 90% is acceptable. Seed cells in DMEM medium (0.5% bovine serum) at a density of 10,000 cells per well, 100 ~1 per well, in a 96 well microtiter plate. Incubate seeded cells in 5% C02 at 37°C for about hours.
C. Assay Procedures 1. Check seeded cells for contamination using an inverted microscope. Dilute drug stock (10 mg/ml in 35 DMSO) 1:10 in DMEM medium, then transfer 5 1 to a TBST
well for a final drug dilution of 1:200 and a final DMSO
?v2%~i concentration of 1%. Control wells receive DMSO alone.
Incubate in 5 °> COZ at 3 7 ° C f or two hours .
2. Prepare EGF ligand: dilute stock EGF in DMEM so that upon transfer of 10 ~C1 dilute EGF (1:12 dilution), 100 nM final concentration is attained.
3. Prepare fresh HNTG=sufficient for 100 ~1 per well; and place on ice.
HNTG' ( 10 ml ) HNTG stock 2.0 ml milli-Q H:20 7.3 ml EDTA, 100 mM, pH 7.0 0.5 ml Na3V04, 0.5 M 0.1 ml Na4 ( PzO~ ) , 0 . 2 M 0 . 1 ml 4. After 120 minutes incubation with drug, add prepared SGF ligand to cells, 10 ~,1 per well, to a final concentration of 100 nM. Control wells receive DMEM
alone. Incubate, shaking, at room temperature, for 5 minutes.
5. Remove drug, EGF, and DMEM. Wash cells twice with PBS. Transfer HNTG* to cells, 100 ~Cl per well.
Place on ice for 5 minutes. Meanwhile, remove blocking buffer from other ELISA plate and wash with TBST as described above.
6. With a pipette tip securely fitted to a micropipettor, scrape cells from plate and homogenize cell material by repeatedly aspirating and dispensing the HNTG'lysis buffer. Transfer lysate to a coated, blocked, and washed ELISA plate. Incubate shaking at room temperature for one hour.
7. Remove lysate and wash 4 times with TBST.
Transfer freshly diluted anti-Ptyr antibody to ELISA
plate at 100 u1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature fo:r 30 minutes in the presence of the anti-Ptyr antiserum (1:3000 dilution in TBST).
8. Remove the anti-Ptyr antibody and wash 4 times with TBS'r. 'transfer the freshly diluted TAGO anti-rabbit IgG antibody to the ELISA plate at 100 ~,1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 30 minutes (anti-rabbit IgG antibody: 1:3000 dilution in TBST).
9. Remove TAGO detection antibody and wash 4 times with TBST. Transfer freshly prepared ABTS/H20z solution to ELISA plate, 100 ~1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 20 minutes. (ABTS/HZOa solution: 1.0 ~1 30% H202in 10 ml ABTS stock)..
10. Stop reaction by adding 50 ~tl 5N H2S04 (optional), and determine O.D. at 410 nm.
11. The maximal phosphotyrosine signal is determined by subtracting the value of the negative controls from the positive controls. The percent inhibition of phosphotyrosine content for extract-containing wells is then calculated, after subtraction of the negative controls.
Assail 2: HER-2-BT474 ELIBA. A second assay may be conducted to measure whole cell HER2 activity. Such assay may be conducted as follows:
Materials Aud Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used:
a. BT-474 (ATCC HBT20), a human breast tumor cell line which expresses high levels of HER2 kinase.
b~ Growth media comprising RPMI + 10% FBS + GMS-G
(Gibco supplement) + glutamine for use in growing BT-474 in an incubator with 5% C02at 37°C.
c. A monoclonal anti-HER2 antibody.
d. D-PBS:
KHZHP04 0.20 g/1 10 (GIBCO,310-4190AJ) K2HP04 2 .16 g/ 1 KC1 0.20 g/1 NaCl 8.00 g/1 (pH 7.2) e. Blocking Buffer: TBST plus 5% Milk (Carnation Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk).
f. TBST buffer:
Tris-HC1 50 mM
NaCl ~ 150 mM (pH 7.2, HC1 10 N) Triton x-loo 0.1%
wherein stock solution of TES (10X) is prepared, and TritonTM X-100 is added to the buffer during dilution.
g. HNTG buffer (5x) HEPES 0.1 M
NaCl 750 mM (pH 7.2 (HC1, 1 N) Glycerol 50%
TritonTM X-100 1~0%
Stock solution (5x) is prepared and kept in 4°C.
h. EDTA-HCl: 0.5 M pH 7.0 (10 N HC1) as 500X
stock:
i. Na~VO,: 0.5 M as 100X stock is kept at -80°C as aliquots.
j . Nay ( PZO, ) : 0 . 2 M as lOOX stock.
k. . Polyclonal antiserum anti-phosphotyrosine.
1. Goat anti-rabbit IgG, horseradish peroxidase (POD) conjugate (detection antibody), Tago (Cat. No. 4520; Lot No. i802): Tago, Inc., Burlingame, CA.
~m. ABTS solution:
Citric acid 100 mM
Na2HP0, 250 mM (pH 4.0, 1 N HC1) ABTS 0.5 mg/ml wherein ARTS is 2.2'-azinobis(3-ethylbenzthiazoline sulfonic acid). For this assay, the ABTS solution should be kept in the dark at 4°C. The solution should be discarded when it turns green.
n. Hydrogen peroxide: 30% solution is kept in dark - and 4°C.
Procedure. All the following steps are at room temperature and aseptically performed, unless stated °therwise. All ELISA plate washing is by rinsing with distilled water three times and once with TEST.
A. Cell Seeding 1: Grow BT474 cells in tissue culture dishes (Corning 25020-100) to 80-90% confluence and collect using Trypsin-EDTA (0.25%, GIBCO).
2. Resuspend the cells in fresh medium and transfer to 96-well tissue culture plates (Corninc~,~'~
25806-96) at about 25,000-50,000 cells/well (100 ~el/well) . Incubate the cells in 5% Co2at 37°C overnight.
B. ELISA Plate Coatinct and Blocking 1. Coat the ELISA plate (Corning 25805-96) with anti HER2 antibody at 0.5 ~.g/well in 150 ~l PBS
overnight at 4°C, and seal with parafilm. The antibody coated plates can be used up to 2 weeks, when stored at 4°C.
2. On the day of use, remove the coating solution, replace with 200 gel of Blocking Buffer, shake the plate, and then remove the blocking buffer and wash the plate just before adding lysate.
C. Assa~r Procedures 1. TBST the drugs in serum-free condition.
Before adding drugs, the old media is replaced with serum-free RPMI (90 ~tl/well) 2. Dilute drug stock (in 100% DMSO) 1:10 with RPMI, and transfer 10 ~Cl/well of this solution to the cells to achieve a final drug DMSO concentration at 1%.
Incubate the cells in 5% COZ at 37°C.
3. Prepare fresh cell lysis buffer (HNTG*) 5xHNTG 2 ml EDTA 0.2 ml Na3V04 0.1 ml Na4PZ0., 0. 1 ml H20 7 . 3 ml 4. After drug preincubation for two hours remove all the solution from the plate, transfer HNTG' (100 ul/well) to the cells, and shake for 10 minutes.
5. Use a 12-channel pipette to scrape the cells from the plate, and homogenize the lysate by repeat aspiration and dispensing. Transfer all the lysate to the ELISA plate and shake for 1 hour.
6. Remove the lysate, wash the plate, add anti-pTyr (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~1/well,-and shake for 30 minutes.
?. Remove anti-pTyr, wash the plate, add goat anti-rabbit IgG conjugated antibody (1:5,000 with TEST) 100 ~Cl/well, and shake for 30 minutes.
8. Remove anti-rabbit IgG antibody, wash the plate, and add fresh ABTS/FIzO= (1.2 ~Cl HzOZ to 10 ml ABTS) 10o ul/well to the plate to start color development, which usually takes 20 minutes.
9. Measure OD 410 nM, Dynatec~Mft5000.
6.1.3. PDGF-8 ELI6A
All cell culture media, glutamine, and fetal bovine serum were purchased from Gibco Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) unless otherwise specified. All cells were grown in a humid atmosphere. of ZO 90-95% air and 5-10% COz at 37°C. All cell lines were routinely subcultured twice a week and were negative for mycoplasma as determined by the Mycotect method (Gibco).
For ELISA assays, cells (U1242, obtained from Joseph Schlessinger, NYU) were grown to 80-90% confluency in growth medium (MErI with 10% FHS, NEAR, 1 mM NaPyr and 2 mM GLN) and seeded in 96-well tissue culture plates in 0.5% serum at 25,000 to 30,000 cells per well. After overnight incubation in 0.5% serum-containing medium, cells were changed to serum-free medium and treated with test compound for 2 hr in a 5% COZ, 37°C incubator. Cells were then stimulated with ligand for 5-10 minutes followed' by lysis with HNTG (20 mM Hepes, 150 mM NaCl, 10%
glycerol, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM Na3V04, 0.2% Triton'X-100, and 2 mM NaPyr). Cell Iysates (0.5 mg/well in PBS) were transferred to ELISA plates previously coated with receptor-specific antibody and which had been blocked with 5% milk in TBST (50 mM Tris-HC1 pH 7.2, 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Triton~X-100) at room temperature for 30 min.
Lysates were incubated with shaking for 1 hour at room temperature. The plates were washed with TBST four times and then incubated with polyclonal anti-phosphotyrosine antibody at room temperature for 30 minutes. Excess anti-phosphotyrosine antibody was removed by rinsing the plate with TBST four times. Goat anti-rabbit IgG
antibody was added to the ELISA plate for 30 min at room temperature followed by rinsing with TBST four more times. ABTS (100 mM citric acid, 250 mM Na2HP04 and 0.5 mg/mL 2,2~-azino-bis(3-ethylbenzthiazoline-6-sulfonic acid)) plus H2O2 (1.2 mL 30% Hz02 to 10 ml ABTS) was added to the ELISA plates to start color development.
Absorbance at 410 nm with a reference wavelength of 630 nm was recorded about 15 to 30 min after ABTS addition.
6.1.9. IGF-I EhISA
The following protocol may be used to measure phosphotyrosine level on IGF-I receptor, which indicates IGF-I receptor tyrosine kinase activity.
Materials And Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used:
a. The cell line used in this assay is 3T3/IGF-1R, a cell line which overexpresses IGF-i receptor.
b. NIH3T3/IGF-1R is grown in an incubator with 5%
C02 at 37°C. The growth media is DMEM + 10% FBS
(heat inactivated)+ 2mM L-glutamine.
c. Anti-IGF-iR antibody named 17-69 is used.
Antibodies are purified by the Enzymology Lab, SUGEN, Inc.
d. D-PBS:
KHzP04 0.20 g/1 KZHP04 2.16 g/1 KC1 0.20 g/1 NaCl 8.00 g/1 (pH 7.2) e. Blocking Buffer: TBST plus 5% Milk (Carnation Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk) f. TBST buffer:
Tris-HC1 50 mM
NaCl.~ 150mM (pH 7.2/HCl 10N) Triton X-100 0.1%
Stock solution of TBS 110X) is prepared, and TritonTM X-100 is added to the buffer during dilution.
g . HNTG buf f er HEPES 20 mM
NaCl 150 mM (pH 7.2/HC1 1N) Glycerol 10%
TritonTM X-100 0.2%
Stock solution (5X) is prepared and kept at 4°C.
h. EDTA/HC1: 0.5 M pH 7.0 (NaOH) as 100X stock.
i. Na3V04: 0.5 M as lOOX stock and aliquots are kept in -80°C.
j . Na4Pz07: 0. 2 M as 100X stock.
k. Insulin-like growth factor-1 from Promega (Cat, G5111).
1~ Polyclonal antiserum anti-phosphotyrosine:
rabbit sera generated by Enzymology Lab., SUGEN
Inc.
m. Goat anti-rabbit IgG, POD conjugate (detection antibody), Tago (Cat. No. 4520, Lot No. 1802):
Tago, Inc., Burlingame, CA.
n. ABTS (2.2~-azinobis(3-ethylbenzthiazolinesulfonic acid)) solution:
Citric acid 100 mM
Na2HP04 w250 mM (pH 4.0/1 N HC1) ABTS 0.5 mg/ml STS solution should be kept in dark and 4°C. The solution should be discarded when it turns green.
o. Hydrogen Peroxide: 30% solution is kept in the dark and at 4°C.
Procedure. All the following steps are conducted at room temperature unless it is specifically indicated.
All ELISA plate washings are performed by rinsing the plate with tap water three times, followed by one TBST
rinse. Pat plate dry with paper towels.
A. Cell Seeding:
1. The cells, grown in tissue culture dish (Corning 25020-100) to 80-90% confluence, are harvested with Trypsin-EDTA (0.25%, 0.5 ml/D-100, GIBCO).
2. Resuspend~the cells in fresh DMEM + 10%
FBS + 2mM L-Glutamine, and transfer to 96 - well tissue culture plate (Cornir~ 25806-96) at 20,000 cells/well .
(100 ~Cl/well). Incubate for 1 day then replace-medium to serum-free medium (90/1) and incubate in 5% COz and 37°CI
overnight. .
B. ELISA Plate Coating and Blocking:
1. Coat the ELISA.plate (Corning 25805-96) i5 with Anti-IGF-1R Antibody at 0.5 ~g/well in 100 ~tl PBS at .
least 2 hours.
2. Remove the coating solution, and replace with 100 ~l Blocking Buffer, and shake for 30 minutes.
Remove the blocking buffer and wash the plate just before adding.lysate.
C. Assay Procedures:
1. The drugs are tested in serum-free condition.
2. Dilute drug stock (in 100% DMSO) 1:10 with DMEM in 96-well poly-propylene plate, and transfer 10 ~1/well of this solution to the cells to achieve final drug dilution 1:100, and final DMSO concentration of 1.0%. Incubate the cells in 5%wCO, at 37°C for 2 hours.
3... Prepare fresh cell lysis buffer (HNTG*) ~, HNTG 2 ml EDTA 0.1 ml Na3V0,, 0.'1 ml Nas (PzO~) 0.1 ml Hz0 7.3 ml 4. After drug incubation for two hours, transfer 10 ~t1/well of 200nM IGF-1 Ligand .in PBS to the cells (Final Conc. - 20 nM), and incubate at 5% C02 at 37°C for 10 minutes.
5. Remove media and add 100~1/well HNTG* and shake for 10 minutes. Look at cells under microscope to see if they are adequately lysed.
6. Use a 12-channel pipette to scrape the cells from the plate, and homogenize the lysate by repeat aspiration and dispense. Transfer all the lysate to the antibody coated ELISA plate, and shake for 1 hour.
7. Remove the lysate, wash the plate, transfer anti-pTyr (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~Cl/well, and shake for 30 minutes.
8. Remove anti-pTyr, wash the plate, transfer Tago (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~ul/well, and shake for 30 minutes:
9. Remove detection antibody, wash the plate, and transfer fresh ABTS/H2O2 (1.2 ~1 Hz02 to 10 ml ABTS) 100 ~cl/well to the plate to start color development.
10. Measure OD in Dynate5000, which is connected to Ingres~
6.1.5. EaF Receptor ELIBA
EGF Receptor kinase activity (EGFR-NIH3T3 assay) in whole cells was measured as described below:
Materials aad Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used a. EGF Ligand: stock concentration = 16.5 ;CM; EGF
201, TOYOBO, Co., Ltd. Japan.
3o b. 05-101 (UBI) (a monoclonal antibody recognizing an EGFR extracellular domain).
c. Anti-phosphotyosine antibody (anti-Ptyr) (polyclonal).
d. Detection antibody: Goat anti-rabbit 1gG horse .radish peroxidase conjugate, TAGO, Inc., Burlingame, CA.
e. TBST buffer:
Tris-HC1, pH 7 50 mM
NaCl T~ 150 mM' Triton ~-100 0.1 f. HNTG 5X stock:
HEPES 0.1 M
NaCl 0.75 M
Glycerol 50 TritonTM X-100 1.0%
g. ABTS stock:
Citric Acid 100 mM
Na2HP0~ 250 mM
HC1, conc. 4.0 pH
ABTS' 0.5 mg/ml Keep solution in dark at 4°C until used.
h. Stock reagents of:
EDTA l00 mM pH 7.0 Na3V0,, 0.5 M
Na4 (PaO~) 0. 2 M
Procedure. The following protocol was used:
A. Pre-coat ELISA Piate 1. Coat ELISA plates (Cornin96 well, Cat.
X25805-96) with 05-101 antibody at 0.5 ~g per well in FBS, 150 gel final volume/well, and store overnight at 4°C. Coated plates are good for up to 10 days when stored at 4°C.
2. On day of use, remove coating buffer and replace with blbcking buffer (5% Carnatio~~Instant NonFat Dry Milk in PBS). Incubate the plate, shaking, at room temperature (about 23°C to 25°C) for 30 minutes. Just prior to use, remove blocking buffer and wash plate 4 3o times with TBST buffer.
B. Seedinq Cells 1. NIH 3T3/C7 cell line (Honegger, et al., Cell 51:199-209, 1987) can be use for this assay.
2. Choose dishes having 80-90% confluence for the experiment. Trypsinize cells and stop reaction by adding 10% CS DMEM medium. Suspend cells in DMEM medium (10% CS DMEM medium) and centrifuge once at 1000 rpm, and once at room temperature for 5 minutes.
3. Resuspend cells in seeding medium'(DMEM, 0.5% bovine serum), and count the cells using trypanT~
blue. Viability above 90% is acceptable. Seed cells in DMEM medium (0.5% bovine serum) at a density of 10,000 cells per well, 100' l per well, in a 96 well microtiter plate. Incubate seeded cells in 5% COz at 37°C for about 40 hours.
C. Assav Procedures.
1. Check seeded cells for contamination using an inverted microscope. Dilute drug stock (l0~mg/ml in DMSO) 1:10 in DMEM medium, then transfer~5 ~1 to a test well for a final drug dilution of 1:200 and a final DMSO
concentration of 1%. Control wells receive DMSO alone.
Incubate in 5% COz at 37°C for one hour.
2. Prepare EGF ligand: dilute stock EGF in DMEM so that upon transfer of 10 ~1 dilute EGF (1:12 dilution), 25 nM final concentration is attained..
3. Prepare fresh 10 ml HNTG' sufficient for 100 ~C1 per well wherein HNTG* comprises: HNTG stock (2.0 ml), milli-Q Hz0 (7.3 ml), EDTA, 100 mM, pH ?.0 (0.5 ml), Na3V04 0.5 M (0.1 ml) and, Na,, (PzO.,) , 0.2 M (0.1 ml) .
4. Place on ice.
5. After two hours incubation with drug, add prepared EGF ligand to cells, 10 ~l per well, to yield a final concentration of 25 nM. Control wells receive DMEM
alone. Incubate, shaking, at room temperature, for 5 minutes.
6. Remove drug, EGF, and DMEM. Wash cells twice with PBS. Transfer HNTG'to cells, 100 ~C1 per well.
Place on ice for 5 minutes. Meanwhile, remove blocking buffer from other ELISA plate and wash with TBST as described above.
7. With a pipette tip securely fitted to a micropipettor, scrape cells from plate and homogenize cell material by repeatedly aspirating and dispensing the L ~ 92~~91 HNTG*lysis buffer. Transfer lysate to a coated, blocked, and washed EhISA plate. Incubate shaking at room temperature f:or one hour.
8. Remove lysate and wash 4 times with TBST.
Transfer fre~~hly diluted anti-Ptyr antibody to ELISA
plate at 100 ~,1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 30 minutes in the presence of the anti-Ptyr antiseru~,m (1:3000 dilution in TBST).
9. Remove the anti-Ptyr antibody and wash 4 times with TH~ST. Transfer the freshly diluted TAGO 30 anti-rabbit IgG antibody to the ELISA plate at 100 ~C1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 30 minutes (anti-rabbit IgG antibody: 1:3000 dilution in TBST).
10. Remove detection antibody and wash 4 times with TBST. Transfer freshly prepared ABTS/Hz02 solution to ELISA plate, 100 ~cl. per well. Incubate at room temperature for 20 minutes. ABTS/Hz02 solution: 1.2 ~C1 3 0% H20z in 10 ml ABTS stock .
11. Stop reaction by adding 50 ~,1 5N HZS04 (optional), and determine O.D. at 410 nm.
12. The maximal phosphotyrosine signal is determined by subtracting the value of the negative controls from the positive controls. The percent inhibition of phosphotyrosine content for extract-containing wells is then calculated, after subtraction of the negative controls.
6.1.6. Cellular Insulin Receptor ELISA
The following protocol was used to determine whei~her the compounds of the present invention possessed insulin receptor tyrosine kinase activity.
Material: And Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used to measure phophotyrosine levels on the insulin rEaceptor (indicating insulin receptor tyrosine kinase activity):
1. The preferred cell line was an NIH3T3 cell line (ATCC No. 1658) which overexpresses Insulin Receptor (H25 cells);
2. H25 cells are grown in an incubator with 5% C02 at 37°C. The growth media is DMEM + 10% FBS (heat inactivated) + 2mm L-Glutamine;
3. For ELISA plate coating, the monoclonal anti-IR
antibody named BBE is used. Said antibodies was purified by the Enzymology Lab, SUGEN, Inc.;
4. D-PBS, comprising:
KH2PO4 0.20 g/1 (GIBCO, 310-4190AJ) K2HP04 2 .16 g/ 1 KC1 0.20 g/1 NaCl 8.0O g/1 (pH 7.2);
5. Blocking Buffer: TBST plus 5% Milk (Carnatio~i Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk);
6. TBST buffer, comprising:
Tris-HC1 50mM
NaCl 150mM pH 7.2 (HC1, 1 N) Trito~X-100 0.1%
Note: Stock solution of TBS (10X) is prepared, and Triton X-100 is added to the buffer during dilution;
7. HNTG buffer, comprising:
HEPES 20mM
NaCl 150mM pH 7.2 (HC1, 1 N) Glycerol 10%
Tritdn ~X-100 0.2%
Note: Stock solution (5X) is prepared and kept at 4°C;
8. EDTA.HC1: 0.5 M pH 7.0 (NaOH) as 100X stock;
9. Na3V04: 0.5 M as 100X stock and aliquots are kept in -80°C;
10. Na4P20.,: 0.2 M as 100X stock;
11. Insulin from GIBCO BRL (Cat# 18125039);
12. Polyclonal antiserum Anti-phosphotyrosine:
rabbit sera generated by Enzymology Lab., SUGEN Inc.;
13. Detection antibody, preferably goat anti-rabbit IgG, POD.conjugate, Tago (Cat. No..4520: Lot No. 1802):
Tago, Inc., Hurlingame, CA;
14. ABTS solution, comprising:
Citric acid 10o mM
NaZHPO~ 250 mM pH 4. 0 ( 1 N I;CI) ABTS 0.5 mg/ml wherein ABTS is 2,2'-azinobis (3-ethylbenathiazoline sulfonic acid) and stored in the dark at 4°C and discarded when it turns green;
15. Hydrogen Peroxide: 30% solution is kept iw thel ..
dark and at 40°C.
Protoco3. All the following steps are conducted at room temperature unless it is specifically indicated.
i5 All ELISA plate washings are perfonaed by rinsing the plate with tap water three times, followed by one TEST
rinse. All plates were tapped dry with paper towels -prior to use.
A. Cell Seeding:
Z0 1. The cells were grown in tissue culture dish (10 cm, Cornin~ 25020-100) to 80-90% confluence and harvested with Trypsin-EDTA (0.25%, 0.5 ml/D-100, GIBCO);
2. Resuspend the cells in fresh DMEM + 10%
FBS + 2mM L-Glutamine, and transfer to 96 - well tissue 25 culture plate (Corni~~~;s 25806-96) at 20,000 cells/well (100 ~l/well). The cells are then incubated for d day.
Following such incubation, 0.01% serum medium (90/1) replaces the old media and the cells incubate in 5% COZ
and 37°C overnight.
30 B. ELISA Plate Coating and Blocking:
1. Coat the ELISA plate (Cornin~i25805-96) with Anti-IR Antibody at 0.5 ~g/well in 100 ~1 PBS at least 2 hours:
2. Remove the coating solution, and replace 35 with 100 ~cl; blocking Buffer, and shake for 30 minutes.
Remove the blocking buffer and wash the plate just before adding lysate.
._ . ~ ~92T~7 C. Assay Procedures 1. The drugs are tested in serum-free condition.
2. Dilute drug stock (in 100% DMSO) 1:10 with DMEM in 96-well poly-propylene plate, and transfer 10 ~1/well of this solution to the cells to achieve final drug dilution 1:100, and final DMSO concentration of 1.0%. Incubate the cells in 5% COz at 37°C for 2 hours.
3. Prepare fresh cells lysis buffer (HNTG*) HNTG (5x) 2 ml EDTA 0.1 ml NajV04 0.1 ml Na,~P,O., 0.1 ml HZU 7.3 ml HNTG* 10 ml 4. After drug incubation for two hours, transfer 10 ~cl/well of 1~CM insulin in PBS to the cells (Final concentration = 100 nM), and incubate at 5% COZ at 37°C for 10 minutes.
5. Remove media and add 100 ~,1/well HNTG* and shake for 10 :minutes. Look at cells under microscope to see if they are adequately lysed.
6. Using a 12-channel pipette, scrape the cells from the plate, and homogenize the lysate by repeat aspiration and dispense. Transfer all the lysate to the antibody coated ELISA plate, and shake for 1 hour.
7. Remove the lysate, wash the plate, transfer anti-pTyr (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~,1/well, and shake for 30 :minutes.
8. Remove anti-pTyr, wash the plate, transfer Togo (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~.1/well, and shake for 30 minutes.
9. Remove detection antibody, wash the plate, and transfer fresh ABTS/H202 (1.2 ~,1 Hz02 to 10 ml ABTS) 100 ~1/well to the plate to start color development.
10. Measure OD in Dynatec~MR5000, which is connected to Ingres7M All following steps should follow Ingre~instruction.
6.1.7. Experimental Results From ELISA
Assays The experimental results for various compounds according to the invention using the above-described protocols are set forth at Table 1:
ELISA Assay Results Kinase (Example) IC50 (~rM)IC50 (/~M)IC50 (~rM)IC50 (~M) C50 (~tM) 27 19.4 0.8 4313 14.5 18.8 11 16.9 8.0 1B 12 0.39 16 87.4 4.2 17 11.8 20 28.8 22 2.2 24 8.5 26 22.6 28 22.5 29 7.9 11.2 32 20.9 4 33.1 2.1 33 21.6 39.4 34 4.1 5 5.8 1.6 90.2 36 4 ' 51.5 37 9.6 38 4.7 39 14.8 36.7 41 6.4 8 2.9 89.8 42 0.4 43 1.8 9 17 0.24 44 23.8 10 0.17 45 53.7 1.1 11 0.07 12 10.8 0.11 -. -3 4g 15 . 4 13 2.3 50 4.6 14 2.4 53 51.4 15 4.5 70.6 55 8.6 57 73.4 58 41.2 _ 77 _ - 2?92197 (Example) IC50 (~M) IC50 (feM)IC50 Rinase (/!M) IC50 (~.iM)IC50 (/.tM) 59 22.8 6 4.5 92.6 61 3.4 44 62 65.5 0.14 64 36.2 70 - 0.18 71 20.3 73 86 1.6 74 55.9 2.7 76 8.7 77 14.2 1.5 78 7.4 81 0.15 7 5.3 39.6 30.4 6.2. Cel:L Growth Assays The following assays may be conducted to measure the ej=fect of the claimed compounds upon cell growth as a rE~sult of the compound's interaction with one or more RTKs. Unless otherwise specified, the following assays may be generally applied to measure the activity of a compound against any particular RTK. To the extent that an assay, set forth below, refers to a specific RTK, one skilled in the art would be able to adapt the disclosed protocol for use to measure the activity of a second RTK.
6.2.1. Soft Agar Assay The soft agar assay may be used to measure the effects of substances on cell growth. Unless otherwise stated the soft agar assays were carried out as follows:
Material And Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used:
a, A water bath set at 39°C and another water bath at 37°C.
_ 78 _ b. 2X assay medium is comprised of 2X Dulbecco's ~
SModified Eagle's Medium (DMEM) (Gibco Cat.
CA400-4AN03) supplemented by the following:
~ 20% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) 2 mM
sodium pyruvate 4 mM glutamine amine;
and ~ 20 mM HEPES Non-essential Amino Acids (1:50 from lOOx stock).
c. 1X assay medium made of 1X DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 2 mM
glutamine, 10 mM HEPES, non-essential amino acid (1:100 from lOOx stock).
d. 1.6% SeaPlaque Agarose in autoclave bottle.
e: Sterile 35 nun Corning plates (FMC Bioproducts Cat. #50102) f. Sterile 5 ml glass pipets (individually wrapped).
g. Sterile l5 ml and 50 ml conical centrifuge tubes.
h. Pipets and sterile tips.
2o i, Sterile microcentrifuge tubes.
j. Cells in T75 flasks: SKOV-3 (ATCC HTB77).
k. 0.25% Trypsin solution (Gibco #25200-015).
Procedure. The following procedure was used to conduct the soft agar assay:
A. Procedure for making the base layer 1. Have all the media warmed up in the 37°C
water bath.
2. To make 1X of assay medium + 0.8% agar:
make a 1:2 (vol:vol) dilution of melted agar (cooled to 39°C), with 2X assay medium.
3. Keep all media with agar warm in the 39'C
water bath when not in use.
4. Dispense 1 ml of 1X assay medium + 0.8%
agar into dishes and gently swirl plate to form a uniform base layer. Bubbles should be avoided.
5. Refrigerate base layers to solidify (about 20 minutes). Base layers can be stored overnight in the refrigerator.
B. Pro~~edure for collectingr cells 1. Take out one flask per cell line from the incubator; as~~irate off medium; wash once with PBS and aspirate off; add 3 ml of trypsin solution.
2. After all cells dissociate from the flask, add 3 ml of 1:~ assay media to inhibit trypsin activity.
Pipet the cells up and down, then transfer the suspension into a 15m1 tube.
3. Determine the concentration of cells using a Coulter counter, and the viability by trypan blue exclusion.
4. Take out the appropriate volume needed to seed 3300 viable cells per plate and dilute it to 1.5 ml with 1X assay medium.
C. Procedure for makinct the upper 0 4% ag~arose layer:
1. Add TBST compounds at twice the desired final assay concentration; + 1.5 ml of cell suspension in 1X assay medium 10% FBS; + 1.5 ml of 1X assay medium +
0.8% agarose': Total. = 3.0 ml 1X media 10% FBS + 0.4%
agarose with 3300 viable cells/ml, with and without TBST
compounds.
*(Made by 1:2 dilution of 2X media with 1.6% agar 30 for the base layer procedure above.) 2. Plate 1 ml of the Assay Mix onto the 1 ml base layer. The duplicates are plated from the 3 ml volume.
3. Incubate the dishes for 2-3 weeks in a 100% humidified, 10% COZ incubator.
4. Colonies that are 60 microns and larger are scored positive.
2192797 ~.
6.2.2. Sulforhodamine B (SRB) Growth Assays The SRB assays may be used to measure the effects of substances on cell growth. The assays are carried out as follows:
Assay 1: 3T3/E/H+TGF-a(T) Cell Growth SRH Assay Materials:
96-well flat bottom sterile plates 96-well round x~ottom sterile plates sterile 25 ml or 100 ml reservoir pipets, multi-channel pipetman sterile pipet taps sterile 15 ml a.nd 50 ml tubes Reagents:
0.4% SRB in 1% acetic acid 10 mM Tris bass:
10% TCA
1% acetic acid sterile DMSO (:>igma) compound in DMaO (100 mM or less stock solution) 25% Trypsin-EDTA in Cell Dissociation Solution (Sigma) Cell line and growth medium:
3T3/E/H+TGF-a(f) (NIH 3T3 clone 7 cells expressing EGF-R/HER2 chimera and TGF-a, tumor-derived autocrine loop cells) 2% calf serum/I)MEM + 2 mM giutamine Protocol:
Day 0: Cell P:Lating:
This part of a:~say is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. Tryps:inize cells as usual. Transfer 100 ~cl of cell suspensio~z to 10 ml of isotone. Count cells with the Coulter Counter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 60,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 6000 cells/well.
3. Use half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, a set of 4 wells for medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% C02 incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound:
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. In 96 well-round bottom plate, add 125 ~l of growth medium to columns 3 to 11. This plate is used to titrate out the compound, 4 rows per compound.
2. In a sterile 15 ml tube, make a 2X solution of the highest concentration of compound by adding 8 ~1 of the compound vto a total of 2 ml growth medium for a dilution of 1:250. At this dilution, the concentration of DMSO is 0.~~% for a 2X solution or 0.2% for 1X solution on the cells. The starting concentration of the compound is u:~ually 100 uM but this concentration may vary depending upon the solubility of the compound.
3. Tran:~fer the 2X starting compound solution to quadruplicate wells in column 12 of the 96-well round bottom plate. Do 1:2 serial dilutions across the plate from right to left by transferring 125 ~1 from column 12 to column 11, column 11 to 10 and so on. Transfer 100 ~1 of compound dilutions onto 100 ~1 medium on cells in corresponding wells of 96-well flat bottom plate. Total volume per well should be 200 ~1.
4. For ~rehicle control, prepare a 2X solution of DMSO at 0.4% I)MSO in growth medium. Transfer 100 ~1 of the DMSO solution to the appropriate wells of cells. The final concentration of DMSO is 0.2%.
5. For the medium control wells, add 100 ~1/well of growth medium to the appropriate wells of cells.
6. Return the plate to the incubator and incubate for 4 days.
Day 5: Development of Assay This part of assay is carried out on the bench.
1. Aspirate or pour off medium. Add 200 ~1 cold.
10% TCA to each well to fix cells. Incubate plate for at least 60 min. at 4°C.
2. Discard TCA and rinse wells 5 times with water.
Dry plates upside down on paper towels.
3. Stain cells with 100 ~,1/well 0.4% SRB for 10 min.
4. Pour off SRB and rinse wells 5 times with 1%
acetic acid. Dry plates completely upside down on paper towels.
5. Solubilize dye with 100 ~C1/well 10 mM Tris base for 5-10 min. on shaker.
6. Read plates on DynatechMELISA Plate Reader at 570 nm with reference at 630 nm.
Assay 2: 3T3/EGF-R+TGF-a(T) Cell Growth SRB Assay Materials and Reagents same as for Assay 1.
Cell line and growth medium:
3T3/EGF-R+TGF-a(T) (NIH 3T3 clone 7 cells expressing EGF-R and TGF-a, tumor-derived autocrine loop cells) 2% calf serum/DMEM + 2 mM glutamine Protocol:
Day 0: Cell Plating:
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. Trypsinize cells as usual. Transfer 100 ~C1 of cell suspension to 10 ml of isotone. Count cells with the Coulte~~ounter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 60,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 6000 cells/well.
3. Use half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, a set of 4 wells for medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% C02 incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound: same as for Assay 1.
Day 5: Development of Assay: same as for Assay 1.
Assay 3: 3T3/PDGF-~BR/PDGF-BB(T) Cell Growth BRH Assay Cell line and arowth medium:
3T3/PDGF-/iR/PDGF-BB(T) (NIH 3T3 clone 7 cells expressing PDGF (3-receptor and PDGF-BB, from tumors resected from athymic mice) 2% calf serum/DMEM + 2 mM glutamine Protocol:
Day 0: Cell PlatincL
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. Trypsinize cells as usual. Transfer 200 ~tl of cell suspension to 10 ml of isotone. Count cells on the Coulter Counter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 60,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 6000 cells/well.
3. Allow half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, a set of 4 wells for medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells to the plate.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% COz incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound: same as for Assay 1.
Day 5: Development of Assay: same as for Assay 1.
Assay 4: Human Smooth Muscle Cells (SMC) Groarth 8RB
Assay Materials and Reagents same as for Assay 1:
Cell line and growth medium:
Human Aortic Smooth Muscle cells (Clonetics Clonetics's~Bullet Kit: Smooth Muscle Basal Medium (SmBM) which is modified MCDB 131 containing fetal bovine serum (5%), hFGF (2ng/ml), hEGF (0.1 ng/ml), insulin (5.0 ug/ml), gentamicin (50ug/ml) and amphotericin B (50 ng/ml) Protocol:
Day 0: Cell plating:
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1~ Trypsinize cells as usual. Transfer 200 ~,1 of cell suspension to 10 ml of isotope. Count cells on the Coult r~~Counter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 20,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 2000 cells/well.
3. Allow half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, ' 2192797 a set of 4 wells far medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells to the plate.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% C02 incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound: same as for Assay 1.
Day 5: Devel~~pment of Assay: same as for Assay 1.
6.2.3. 3T3 Cell Growth Assay Assay 1: PDG:E'-Induced BrdU Incorporation Assay Materials and Reagents:
(1) PDG:E: human PDGF B/B; 1276-956, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany (2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH'7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) Fixl~enat: fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution . 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made 3 0 in house .
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8557_, Sigma Chemical Co. , USA.
Protocol (1) 3T3 engineered cell line: 3T3/EGFRc7.
(2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a 96 well plate. Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% C02.
(3) ' After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24.hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (PDGF=3.8 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (PDGF) but no test compound:
Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for ? test concentrations.
(5) After 20 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ~M) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat~M
solution is added (50 ~1/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated~milk in PBS, 200 ~ljwell) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
BSA) is added (100 ~1/well) and the plate is incubated.for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~1/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatech~~LISA plate reader.
Assay 2: EGF-Induced BrdU Incorgoration Assay Materials and Reagents (1) EGF: mouse EGF, 201; Toyobo,Co., Ltd. Japan (2) BrdU~Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat~ fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
_ tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No..i 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co.,~USA.
_ 88 -Protocol (1) 3T3 engineered cell line: 3T3/EGFRc7 (2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in 10% CS, 2mM Gln in DMEM, in a 96 well plate.
Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% C02.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (EGF=2 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (EGF) but no test compound.
Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
5) After 20 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ~aM) for 1.5 hours.
6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat solution is added (50 ~l/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~C1/well) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
_ 89 _ BSA) is added (100 ;C1/well) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a.plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~1/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatech~~LISA plate reader.
Assay 3: EGF-Induced Her2 -Driven BrdU Incorporation Materials and Reaaents:
(1) EGF: mouse EGF, 201; Toyobo,Co., Ltd. Japan (2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 1O mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat~ fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. l 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution.
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. l 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co., USA.
Protocol:
(1) 3T3 engineered cell line:
3T3/EGFr/Her2/EGFr (EGFr with a Her2 kinase doma in (2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a 96- well plate.
Cells are incubated overnight at 37- in 5% COZ.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (EGF=2 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (EGF) but no test compound.
.Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
5) After 20 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ~M) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat solution is added (50 ~,1/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~al/well) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
BSA) is added (100 ~1/well) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~cl/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatec~~ELISA plate reader.
Assay 4: ~aFi-Induced Erdv Incorporation Assay Materials and Reagents:
(1) IGF1 Ligand: human, recombinant; 6511, Promega Corp, USA.
(2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat:l fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co., USA.
' 5 Protocol:
(1) 3T3~engineered cell line: 3T3/IGFlr.
(2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a'96- well plate.
Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% COZ.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (IGF1=3.3 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (IGF1) but no test compound.
Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
5) After 16 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated .with BrdU (final concentration=10 ACM) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat~
solution is added (50 ~1/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDena~~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~clJwell) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
BSA) is added (100 ~cl/well) and the plate is incubated.for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~C1/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(1l) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter 2o reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatechl ELISA.plate reader.
Assay 5: Insulin-Induced BrdU Incorporation Assay Materials and Reagents:
(1) Tnsulin: crystalline, bovine, Zinc; 13007, Gibco BRL, USA.
(2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat~s fixation solution (ready to use), .
Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat: No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder,~ A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co., USA.
Protocol:
(1) 3T3 engineered cell line: H25 (2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cellsjwell in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a 96 well plate. Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% C02.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with i5 PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (Insulin=10 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the.cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (Insulin) but no test compound. Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
(5) After 16 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells~are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ACM) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat~i solution is added (50 ~Cljwell) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~C1/well) as a blocking solution and , the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
14 BSA) is added . (100 ~1/well) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~Sl/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatech ELISA plate reader.
6.2..4. HOV-EC-C Assay The following protocol may also be used to measure a compound's activity:
1. Wash_and trypsinize HUV-EC-C cells (human umbilical vein endothelial cells, (American Type Culture Collection; catalogue no. 1730 CRL). Wash with Dulbecco~s~phosphate-buffered saline (D-PBS; obtained from Gibco BRL; catalogue no. 14190-029) 2 times at about 1 m1/10 cm2 of tissue culture flask. Trypsinize with 0.05% trypsin-EDTA in non-enzymatic cell dissociation solution (Sigma Chemical Company; catalogue no. C-1544).
The 0.05% trypsin was made by diluting 0.25% trypsin/1 mM
EDTA (Gibco; catalogue no. 25200-049) in the cell dissociation solution. Trypsinize with about 1 m1/25-30 cm2 of tissue culture flask for about 5 minutes at 37°C.
After cells have detached from the flask, add an equal volume of assay medium and transfer to a 50 ml sterile centrifuge tube (Fisher Scientific; catalogue no. 05-539-6) .
l0 2. Wash the cells with about 35 ml assay medium in the 50 ml sterile centrifuge tube by adding the assay medium, centrifuge for to minutes at approximately 200xg, aspirate the supernatant, and resuspend with 35 ml 'D-PBS.
Repeat the wash two more times with D-PBS, resuspend the cells in about 1 ml assay medium/15 cmz of tissue culture flask. Assay medium consists of F12K medium (Gibco BRL;
catalogue no. 21127-014) + 0.5% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum. Count the cells with a Coulter Counter~v CoulterTM Electronics, Inc.) and add assay medium to the cells to obtain a concentration of 0.8-1.0x105 cells/ml.
3. Add cells to 96-well flat-bottom plates at 100 ~,1/well or 0.8-1.0x104 cells/well; incubate ~24h at 37°C, 5% C02.
1. Make up two-fold drug titrations in separate 96-well plates, generally 50 ~cM on down to 0 ;cM. Use the same assay~medium as mentioned in day 0, step 2 above.
Titrations are made by adding 90 ~1/well of drug at 200 ~tM (4X the final well concentration) to the top well of a particular plate column. Since the stock drug concentration is usually 20 mM in DMSO, the 200 ~,M drug concentration contains 2$ DMSO.
Therefore, diluent made up to 2% DMSO in assay medium (F12K + 0.5% fetal bovine serum) is used as diluent for the drug titrations in order to dilute the drug but keep the DMSO concentration constant. Add this diluel~t to the remaining wells in the column at 60 ~,1/well. Takes 60 ~,1 from the 120 ~,l of 200 ~M drug dilution in the top well of the column and mix with the 60 ~,1 in the :second well of the column. Take 60 ~,1 from this well and mix with the 60 ~,1 in the third well of the column, and so on until two-fold titrations are completed. When the next-to-the-last well is mixed, take 60 ~,1 of the :L20 ~cl in this well and discard it. Leave the last well with 60 ~,1 of DMSO/media diluent as a non-drug-containing control. Make 9 columns of titrated drug, enough i:or triplicate wells each for 1) VEGF
(obtained from Pepro Tech Inc., catalogue no. 100-200, 2) endothelial cell growth factor (ECGF) (also known as acidic fibrob~Last growth factor, or aFGF) (obtained from Boehringer Mannheim Biochemica, catalogue no. 1439 600), and assay med~.a control. ECGF comes as a preparation with sodium hE;parin.
2. Transfer 50 ~l/well of the drug dilutions to the 96-well a.>say plates containing the 0.8-1.0x104 cells/100 ~,l/well of the HUV-EC-C cells from day 0 and 2 0 incubate --2 h at 3 7"C , 5 % COZ .
3. In triplicate, add 50 ~,1/well of 80 ug/ml VEGF, ng/ml ECGF, or media control to each drug condition.
As with the drugs, the growth factor concentrations are 4X the desired final concentration. Use the assay media from day 0 step 2 to make the concentrations of growth factors. Incubate approximately 24 hours at 37°C, 5% COz.
Each well will_ have 50 ~1 drug dilution, 50 ~,1 growth factor or media, and 100 u1 cells, - 200 ul/well total.
Thus the 4X concentrations of drugs and growth factors become 1X once everything has been added to the wells.
1. Add 3H-thymidine (Amersham; catalogue no. TRK-686) at 1 ~.Ci/'well_ (10 ~.l/well of 100 ~,Ci/ml solution made up in RPriI media + 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum) and incubate -24 h at 37°C, 5% CO2. Note: 3H-thymidine is made up in RPMI media because all of the other applications for which we use the 3H-thymidine involve experiments done in RPMI. The media difference at this step is probably not significant. RPMI was obtained from Gibco BRL, catalogue no. 11875-051.
1. Freeze plates overnight at -20°C.
1. Thaw plates and harvest with a 96-well plate harvester (Tomtec Harvester 96~) onto filter mats (Wallac; catalogue no. 1205-401); read counts on a Wallac 1o Betaplate~T°''~ liquid scintillation counter.
6.2.5. PDGF-R Cellular Assay The PDGF cellular kinase assay was carried out as follows: cells are lysed in 0.2 M Hepes, 0.15 M NaCl, 10$
V/V glycerol, 0.04% Triton X-100, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM sodium vanadate and 2 mM Na+ pyrophosphate; cell lysates are then added to an ELISA plate coated with an anti-PDGF
receptor antibody (Genzyme); ELISA plates are coated at 0.5 ~g of antibody/well in 150 ~1 of PBS for 18 hours at 4°C prior to the addition of the lysate; the lysate is incubated in the coated plates for d hour and then washed four times in TBST (35 mM Tris-HC1 pH 7.0, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1% Triton X100); anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (100 ~tl in PBS) is added and the mixture. is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature; the wells were then washed four times in TBST, a secondary antibody conjugated to POD (TAGO) is added to each well, and the treated well are incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature; the wells are then washed four times in TBST, ABTS/Hz02 solution is added to each well and the wells are incubated for two minutes; absorbance is then measured at 410 nm.
~192T97 6.2..6. Experimental Results Of Cell Growth Assay Results for various compounds obtained from the abovEa-described assays are set forth in the Tables that follow:
Nfitogenesis in Endothelial Cells (3H~Thymidine Incorporation COMF~OUND HW-EC Assay (Example) VEGF (~,M) a-FGF (ACM) 27 1.1 153.8 1B 0.2 6.0 16 6.6 3.4 17 4.8 35.7 479f~ 30.7 35.8 20 43.2 21 19.9 22 2.5 45.2 23 1.6 4.6 24 14.8 25 3.4 3.7 26 25.6 19.3 28 8.0 13.0 29 34.3 16.3 30 1.0 1.4 32 4.4 4.9 4 0.6 33 46.1 27.3 5 0.8 25.8 5201. 2.5 2.3 36 2.3 0.7 37 5.1 11.8 38 2.9 130 5217 9.6 10.5 2 i ~~27~7 COMF~OUND HW-EC Assay (Exa.mple) VEGF (~,M) a-FGF (~M) 41 2.4 2.7 8 2.2 42 <0.8 2.0 9 <0.8 31.1 44 0.9 0.6 10 <0.8 45 39.8 35.5 11 <0.8 22.7 5409' 26.0 12 <0.8 48 13.6 40 13 0.7 50 11.4 14 2.5 15 5.7 5429' 27.6 59 0.16 0.14 60 39.8 33.0 61 1.2 30.0 63 3.8 3.4 68 <0.07 <0.07 69 0.5 0.8 70 0.14 7.9 71 3.8 12.9 73 1.3 3.2 74 0.54 8.7 76 2.0 5.0 77 1.2 14.1 81 0.05 37.8 COMI?OUND HUV-EC Assay (Example) VEGF (~,M) a-FGF (~M) 7 1.2 3.8 Mitogenesis in 3T3/EGFR Cells BrdU Incorporation COMPOUND PDGFR FGFR EGFR
PDGF Ligand FGF Ligand EGF Ligand (Example) IC50 (uM) IC50 (~eM) IC50 (~M) 4313 6 5.5 5.5 1B 2.5 29 9 4.9 60 10 5.2 45 7.5 70 100 12 2.8 70 74 g 81 6.5 9 48 ' 2 ~ 92791 Cell Growth Assay on Various Cell Lines SRB Readout COMPOUND :3T3/E/H+ 3T3/EGFR+ 3T3/PDGFR+ SMC
9~GF-a(T) TGF-a(T) PDGF(T) (Example) IC50 (~,M) IC50 (~,M) IC50 (ACM) IC50 (~,M) 4313 32 10.7 8.8 105 22.2 3T3/E/H+'rGF-cz(T): NIH 3T3 cells expressing EGFR/HER2 chimera and TGF-a, tumor-derived 3T3/EGFR-+-TGF-a(T): NIH 3T3 cells expressing EGFR and TGF-a, tumor-<3erived 3T3/PDGFI~+PDGF(T): NIH 3T3 cells expressing PDGF-(3R
and PDGF-~3~3, -tumor-derived SMC: human :smooth muscle cells from Clonetics 6.3. Measurement Of Cell Toxicity Therapeui~ic compounds should be more potent in inhibiting receptor tyrosine kinase activity than in exerting a cyi~otoxic effect. A measure of the effectiveness and cell toxicity of a compound can be obtained by dc=termining the therapeutic index: ICso/LDS~-ICSO, the dose required to achieve 50% inhibition, can be measured usin<~ standard techniques such as those described herein. LDso,the dosage which results in 50%
toxicity, can also be measured by standard techniques (Mossman, 1983, J- Immunol. Methods, 65:55-63), by measuring the amount of LDH released (Korzeniewski and Callewaert, 1~~83, J. Immunol. Methods 64:313; Decker and Lohmann-MatthE~s, 1988, J. Immunol. Methods 115:61), or by measuring the lethal dose in animal models. Compounds with a large i:herapeutic index are preferred. The therapeutic index should be greater than 2, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 50.
?92197 6.3. In vivo Animal Models 6.3.1. Xenograft Animal Models The ability of human tumors to grow as xenografts in athymic mice (e. g., Balb/c, nu/nu) provides a usE~ful in vivo model for studying the biological re:~ponse to therapies for human tumors. Since the first successful xenotransplantation of human tumors into athymic mice, (Rygaard and Povlsen, 1969, Acta Pathol. Microbial. Scand. 77:758-760), many different human tumor csall lines (e. g., mammary, lung, genitourinary,, gastrointestinal, head and neck, glioblastoma, bone, and malignant melanomas) have been transplanted and successfully grown in nude mice. Human mammary tumor cell lines, including MCF-7, ZR75-l, and MDA-MB-231, hive been established as subcutaneous xenografts in nude mice (Warri et al., 1991, Int. J.
Cancer 49:616--623; Ozzello and Sordat, 1980, Eur. J.
Cancer 16:553--559; Osborne et al., 1985, Cancer Res.
45:584-590; Seibert et al., 1983, Cancer Res. 43:2223-2239) .
Assay 1: HER~?/Xenograft Animal Model To study the effect of anti-tumor drug candidates on HER2 expressing tumors, the tumor cells should be able to grow in the absence of supplemental estrogen. Many mammary cell 7_ines are dependent on estrogen for in vivo growth in nudE~ mice (Osborne et al., supra), however, exogenous estrogen suppresses HER2 expression in nude mice (Warri et: al., supra, Dati et al., 1990, Oncogene 5:1001-1006). For example, in the presence of estrogen, MCF-7, ZR-75-J_, and T47D cells grow well in vivo, but express very l.ow levels of HER2 (Warri et al., supra, Dati et al., ~cupra).
The following type of xenograft protocol can be used:
1) implant tumor cells (subcutaneously) into the hindflank of five- to six-week-old female Balb/c nu/nu athymic mice;
' 2?92197 2) administer the anti-tumor compound;
3) mean>ure tumor growth by measuring tumor volume.
The tumors can also be analyzed for the presence of a receptor, such as HER2, EGF or PDGF, by Western and immunohistochE:mical analyses. Using techniques known in the art, one ~;kill.ed in the art can vary the above procedures, for example through the use of different treatment regimes.
Assay 2: FLK-1/Xenograft Model.
The ability of the compounds of the present invention to inhibit ovarian, melanoma, prostate, lung and mammary tumor cell lines established as SC xenografts was examined. These studies were conducted using doses ranging from 1. to 75 mg/kg/day.
Materials And Methods. The tumor cells were implanted subc:utaneously into the indicated strains of mice. Treatment was initiated on day 1 post implantation unless otherwise indicated (e. g. treatment of the SCID
mouse related to the A375 melanoma cell line began on Day 9). Eight (8) to sixteen (16) mice comprised each test group.
Specif ica.lly:
Animals. Female athymic mice (BALB/c, nu/nu), BALB/c mice, Y;iistar rats and Fisher 344 rats were obtained from Simonsen Laboratories (Gilroy, CA). Female A/I mice were obtained from Jackson Laboratory (Bar Harbor, ME). DA rats were obtained from B&K Universal, Inc. (Fremont, CA). Athymic R/Nu rats, DBA/2N mice, and BALB/c mice were obtained from Harlan Sprague Dawley (Indianapolis, IN). Female C57BL/6 mice were obtained from Taconic (Germantown, NY). All animals were maintained under clean-room conditions in Micro-isolator cages with Al~~ha-dri bedding. They received sterile rodent chow ar.~d water ad libitum.
All procedures were conducted in accordance with the NIH Guide for the Care and Use Of Laboratory Animals.
Subcutaneous Xenograft Model. Cell lines were grown in appropriate medium as described (See Section 6).
Cells were harvested at or near confluency with 0.05%
Trypsin-EDTA and pelleted at 450 x g'for 10 min. Pellets were resuspended in sterile PBS or media (without~FBS) to a suitable concentration indicated in the Figure legends and the cells were implanted into the hindflank of mice.
Tumor-growth was measured over 3 to 6 weeks using venier calipers and tumor volumes were calculated as a product of length x width x height unless otherwise indicated. P
values were calculated using the Students' t-test.
Compound in 50 - 100 ~L excipient (dimethylsulfoxide, PETE, PBTE6C:D5W, or PHTE:DSW) was delivered by IP
injection at concentrations indicated in the Figure v legends.
Intracerebral Xenograft Model. For the mouse IC model, rat C6 glioma cells were harvested and suspended in sterile PHS at a concentration of 2.5 x 10' cells/ml and placed on ice. Cells were implanted into BALB/c, nu/nu mice in the following manner: the frontoparietal scalps of mice were shaved with animal clippers if necessary before swabbing with 70% ethanol.
Animals were anesthetized with isofluorane and the needle was inserted through the skull into the left hemisphere of the brain. Cells were dispensed from Hamilton Gas-tight Syringes using 30 ga 1/2 inch needles 'fitted with sleeves that allowed only a 3 mm penetration. A repeater dispenser was used for accurate delivery of 4 ~uL of cell suspension. Animals were monitored daily for well-being and were sacrificed when they had a weight loss of about - 40% and/or showed neurological symptoms.
For the rat IC model, rats (Wistar, Sprague Dawley, Fisher 344, or athymic R/Nu; approximately 200-400 g (some 3-400g)) were anesthetized by an IP injection of 100 mg/kg Ketaset~(ketamine hydrochloride; Aveco, Fort Dodge, Iowa) and 5 mg/kg Rompur~M(xylazine, 2% solution;
Bayer, Germany). After onset of anesthesia, the scalp was shaved and the animal was oriented in a stereotaxic apparatus (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL). The skin at the incision site was cleaned 3. times with alternating swabs of 70% ethanol and.l0% Povidone-Iodine . A median l:0 -1.5 cm incision was made in the scalp using a~sterile surgical blade. The skin was detached slightly and pulled to the, sides to expose the sutures on the skull surface. A dental drill (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL) was used,to make a small (1-2 mm diameter) burrhole in the skull approximately 1 mm anterior and 2 mm lateral to the bregma. The cell suspension was drawn into a 50 ~,L
. Hamilton syringe fitted with a 23 or 25g standard bevel needle. The syriwge was oriented in the burrhole at the level of the arachnoidea and lowered until the tip of the needle was 3 mm deep:into the brain structure,~where the cell suspension was slowly injected. After cells were injected, the needle was left in the burrhole for 1-2 .
minutes to allow for.complete delivery of the cells. The skull was cleaned and the skin was closed with 2 to 3 sutures. Animals were observed 'for recovery from surgery and anesthesia. Throughout the~experiment, animals were observed at least twice each day for development of 'symptoms associated with progression of intracerebral tumor. Animals displaying advanced symptoms (leaning, 25.loss of balance, dehydration, loss of appetite, loss of coordination, cessation of grooming activities, and/or significant weight.loss) were humanely sacrificed and the organs and tissues of interest were resected.
Tntraperitoneal Model. Cell lines were grown in the appropriate media. Cells were harvested' and washed in sterile PBS or medium without FBS, resuspended to .a suitable concentration, and injected into_the IP
cavity of mice of the appropriate strain. Mice were observed daily for the occurrence of ascites formation:
Individual animals were sacrificed when they presented with a weight gain of 40%, or when the IP tumor burden' began to cause undue stress and pain to the animal.
~ 192797 6.3.2. In Vlvo VEGF Pellet Model In the following example, the Pellet Model was used to test a compound's activity against the FLK-1 receptor and against disorders associated with the formation of blood vessels. In this model, VEGF is packaged into a time-release pellet and implanted subcutaneously on the abdomen of nude mice to induce a 'reddening' response and subsequent swelling around the pellet. Potential FLK-1 inhibitors may then be implanted in methylcellulose near the VEGF pellet to determine whether such inhibitor may be used to inhibit the "reddening" response and subsequent swelling.
Materials And Methods. The following materials were used:
1) VEGF- human recombinant lyophilized product is commercially available and may be obtained from Peprotech, Inc., Princeto~z Business Park, G2; P.O. box 275, Rocky Hill, NJ 08553.
2) VEGF packaged into 21 day release pellets were obtained from ~Cnnovative Research of America (Innovative Research of Ame=rica, 3361 Executive Parkway, P.O. Box 2746, Toledo, Ohio 43606), using patented matrix driven delivery system. Pellets were packaged at 0.20, 0.21, or 2.1 ~Cg VEGF/pel.let. These doses approximate 10 and 100 ng/day release of VEGF.
3) Methylcellulose 4) Water (sterile) 5) Methanol 6) Appropriate drugs/inhibitors 7) 10 cm; culture plates 8) parafilm The following protocol was then followed to conduct the VEGF pellet model:
1) VEGF, purchased from Peprotech, was sent to Innovative Research for Custom Pellet preparation;
2) Methylcellulose prepared at 1.5% (w/v) in sterile water;
A
~i92T97 3) Drugs solubilized in methanol (usual concentration range = 10 to 20 mg/ml);
4) Place sterile parafilm in sterile 10 cm plates;
5) 150 ~,1 of drug in methanol added to 1.35 ml of 1.5o methylcellulose and mixed/vortexed thoroughly;
6) 25 ~cl aliquots of homogenate placed on parafilm and dried into discs;
7) Mice (6-10 wk. Balb/C athymic nu/nu, female) were anesthetized via isoflurane inhalation; 8) VEGF pellets and methylcellulose discs were implanted subcutaneously on the abdomen; and 9) Mice were scored at 24 hours and 48 hours for reddening and swelling response.
The specific experimental design used in this example was:
N = 4 animals/group Controls: VEGF pellet + drug placebo VEGF placebo + drug pellet Experime~ztal Results. The compounds of the present invention are expected to demonstrate activity according to this assay.
6.3.3. Mammary Fat Pad Model Because of the established role played by mane of the RTKs, e.g., the HER2 receptor, in breast cancer,, the mammary fat pad model is particularly useful for measuring the efficacy of compounds which inhibit such RTKs. By implanting tumor cells directly into the locai:ion of interest, in situ models more accurately rei=lect the biology of tumor development than do subcutaneous models. Human mammary cell lines, including MCF--7, have been grown in the mammary fat pad of athymic mice. Shafie and Grantham, 1981, Natl. Cancer Instit. 67:51--56; Gottardis et al., 1988, J. Steroid Biochem. 30:3~~1-314. More specifically, the following procedure can be used to measure the inhibitory effect of a compound on the HER2 receptor:
- 2192i'97 1) Impl;~nt, at various concentrations, MDA-MB-231 and 1KCF-7 cells transfected with HER-2 into the axil:lary mammary fat pads of female athymic mice;
2) Administer the compound; and 3) Measure the tumor growth at various time points .
The tumora can also be analyzed for the presence of a receptor such as HER2, by Western and immunohistochemical analyses. Using techniques known in the art, one spilled in the art can vary the above procedures, four example through the use of different treatment regimes.
6.3.4. Tumor Invasion Model The :Following tumor invasion model has been developed and may be used for the evaluation of therapeutic va:Lue and efficacy of the compounds identified to :selectively inhibit KDR/FLK-1 receptor.
6.3.4.1. Procedure 8 week old nude mice (female) (Simonsen Inc.) were used as experimental animals. Implantation of tumor cells waa performed in a laminar flow hood. For anesthesia, Xy:lazine/Ketamine Cocktail (100 mg/kg ketamine and 5 mg/kg) are administered intraperitoneally.
A midline inci:~ion is done to expose the abdominal cavity (approximately 1.5 cm in length) to inject 10' tumor cells in a volume of 100 ~C1 medium. The cells are injected either into thca duodenal lobe of the pancreas or under the serosa of i~he colon. The peritoneum and muscles are closed with a ~~-0 silk continuous suture and the skin was closed by using would clips. Animals were observed daily.
6.3.4.2. Analysis 1 '~~797 After 2-6 weeks, depending on gross observations of the animals, the mice are sacrificed, and the local tumor metastases, to various organs (lung, liver, brain, stomach, spleen, heart, muscle) are excised and analyzed (measurements of tumor size, grade of invasion, immunochemistry, and in situ hybridization).
6.3.5. RESULTS
Results for various compounds obtained from the above-described in vivo assays are set forth at Table 5, below:
In v~vo Data COI~OUND EpH4-VEGF
(Example) %inhibition @ mg/kg .
27 56% @ ?5 ~
_ _ .
' . _ __ 50% @ 75 63% @ 50 22 42% @ 75 __--___ __ 42% @ 50/50 4942 46% @ 50 4?% @ 25 12 50% @ 25 ______ , ___ _____~___ 57% @ 3?.5/37.5 14 45% @ 50 65% @ 50 15 47% @ 50 65% @ 50 The present invention is not to. be limited in scope bY ~e exemplified embodiments which are intended as illustrations of single aspects of the invention, and any clones, DNA or amino acid sequences which are functionally equivalent are within the scope of the invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
6.1.2. 8ER-2 ELISA
Assay 1: EGF Receptor-HER2 Chimeric Receptor Assay In Whole Calls. HER2 kinase activity in whole EGFR-NIH3T3 cells was measured as described below:
Mater~Eals cad Reageats. The following materials and reagents Were used to conduct the assay:
a. EGF: stock concentration= 16.5 ILM; EGF 201, TOYOBO, Co., Ltd. Japan.
b. 05-101 (UBI) (a monoclonal antibody recognizing an EGFR extracellular domain).
c. Anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (anti-Ptyr) (polyclonal)(see, Fendly, et al., supra).
d. Detection antibody: Goat anti-rabbit lgG horse radish peroxidase conjugate, TAGO, Inc., Burlingame, CA:
e. TBST buffer:
Tris-HCl, pH 7.2 50 mM
NaCl ~~ 150 mM
Trito~-300 0.1 f. HNTG 5X stock:
HEPES 0.1 M
NaCl 0.75 M
Glycerol 50%
Triton X-100 1.0%
g. ABTS stock:
Citric Acid 100 mM
Na2HP04 2 5 0 mM
3'0 HCl, conc. 0.5 pM
ABTS' 0.5mg/ml * _(2,2' -azinobis(3-ethylbenzthiazolinesulfonic acid)). Keep solution in dark at 4°C until use.
h~ Stock reagents of:
EDTA 100 mM pH 7.0 Na3V04 0.5 M
Na4 ( Pz07 ) 0 . 2 M
Procedure. The following protocol was used:
A. Pre-coat ELISA Plate 1. Coat ELISA plates (Corning 96 well, Cat.
#25805-96) with 05-101 antibody at 0.5 g per well in PBS, 100 ~1 final volume/well, and store overnight at 4°C.
Coated plates are good for up to 10 days when stored at 4°C.
2. On day of use, remove coating buffer and replace with 100 ~1 blocking buffer (5% Carnation- Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk in PBS). Incubate the plate, shaking, at room temperature (about 23°C to 25°C) for 30 minutes.
Just prior to use, remove blocking buffer and wash plate 4 times with TBST buffer.
B. Seedincr Cells 1. An NIH3T3 cell line overexpressing a chimeric receptor containing the EGFR extracellular domain and extracellular HER2 kinase domain can be used for this assay.
2. Choose dishes having 80-90% confluence for the experiment. Trypsinize cells and stop reaction by adding 10% fetal bovine serum. Suspend cells in DMEM
medium (10% CS DMEM medium) and centrifuge once at 1500 rpm, at room temperature for 5 minutes.
3. Resuspend cells in seeding medium (DMEM, 0.5% bovine serum) , and count the cells using trypan blue. Viability above 90% is acceptable. Seed cells in DMEM medium (0.5% bovine serum) at a density of 10,000 cells per well, 100 ~1 per well, in a 96 well microtiter plate. Incubate seeded cells in 5% C02 at 37°C for about hours.
C. Assay Procedures 1. Check seeded cells for contamination using an inverted microscope. Dilute drug stock (10 mg/ml in 35 DMSO) 1:10 in DMEM medium, then transfer 5 1 to a TBST
well for a final drug dilution of 1:200 and a final DMSO
?v2%~i concentration of 1%. Control wells receive DMSO alone.
Incubate in 5 °> COZ at 3 7 ° C f or two hours .
2. Prepare EGF ligand: dilute stock EGF in DMEM so that upon transfer of 10 ~C1 dilute EGF (1:12 dilution), 100 nM final concentration is attained.
3. Prepare fresh HNTG=sufficient for 100 ~1 per well; and place on ice.
HNTG' ( 10 ml ) HNTG stock 2.0 ml milli-Q H:20 7.3 ml EDTA, 100 mM, pH 7.0 0.5 ml Na3V04, 0.5 M 0.1 ml Na4 ( PzO~ ) , 0 . 2 M 0 . 1 ml 4. After 120 minutes incubation with drug, add prepared SGF ligand to cells, 10 ~,1 per well, to a final concentration of 100 nM. Control wells receive DMEM
alone. Incubate, shaking, at room temperature, for 5 minutes.
5. Remove drug, EGF, and DMEM. Wash cells twice with PBS. Transfer HNTG* to cells, 100 ~Cl per well.
Place on ice for 5 minutes. Meanwhile, remove blocking buffer from other ELISA plate and wash with TBST as described above.
6. With a pipette tip securely fitted to a micropipettor, scrape cells from plate and homogenize cell material by repeatedly aspirating and dispensing the HNTG'lysis buffer. Transfer lysate to a coated, blocked, and washed ELISA plate. Incubate shaking at room temperature for one hour.
7. Remove lysate and wash 4 times with TBST.
Transfer freshly diluted anti-Ptyr antibody to ELISA
plate at 100 u1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature fo:r 30 minutes in the presence of the anti-Ptyr antiserum (1:3000 dilution in TBST).
8. Remove the anti-Ptyr antibody and wash 4 times with TBS'r. 'transfer the freshly diluted TAGO anti-rabbit IgG antibody to the ELISA plate at 100 ~,1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 30 minutes (anti-rabbit IgG antibody: 1:3000 dilution in TBST).
9. Remove TAGO detection antibody and wash 4 times with TBST. Transfer freshly prepared ABTS/H20z solution to ELISA plate, 100 ~1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 20 minutes. (ABTS/HZOa solution: 1.0 ~1 30% H202in 10 ml ABTS stock)..
10. Stop reaction by adding 50 ~tl 5N H2S04 (optional), and determine O.D. at 410 nm.
11. The maximal phosphotyrosine signal is determined by subtracting the value of the negative controls from the positive controls. The percent inhibition of phosphotyrosine content for extract-containing wells is then calculated, after subtraction of the negative controls.
Assail 2: HER-2-BT474 ELIBA. A second assay may be conducted to measure whole cell HER2 activity. Such assay may be conducted as follows:
Materials Aud Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used:
a. BT-474 (ATCC HBT20), a human breast tumor cell line which expresses high levels of HER2 kinase.
b~ Growth media comprising RPMI + 10% FBS + GMS-G
(Gibco supplement) + glutamine for use in growing BT-474 in an incubator with 5% C02at 37°C.
c. A monoclonal anti-HER2 antibody.
d. D-PBS:
KHZHP04 0.20 g/1 10 (GIBCO,310-4190AJ) K2HP04 2 .16 g/ 1 KC1 0.20 g/1 NaCl 8.00 g/1 (pH 7.2) e. Blocking Buffer: TBST plus 5% Milk (Carnation Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk).
f. TBST buffer:
Tris-HC1 50 mM
NaCl ~ 150 mM (pH 7.2, HC1 10 N) Triton x-loo 0.1%
wherein stock solution of TES (10X) is prepared, and TritonTM X-100 is added to the buffer during dilution.
g. HNTG buffer (5x) HEPES 0.1 M
NaCl 750 mM (pH 7.2 (HC1, 1 N) Glycerol 50%
TritonTM X-100 1~0%
Stock solution (5x) is prepared and kept in 4°C.
h. EDTA-HCl: 0.5 M pH 7.0 (10 N HC1) as 500X
stock:
i. Na~VO,: 0.5 M as 100X stock is kept at -80°C as aliquots.
j . Nay ( PZO, ) : 0 . 2 M as lOOX stock.
k. . Polyclonal antiserum anti-phosphotyrosine.
1. Goat anti-rabbit IgG, horseradish peroxidase (POD) conjugate (detection antibody), Tago (Cat. No. 4520; Lot No. i802): Tago, Inc., Burlingame, CA.
~m. ABTS solution:
Citric acid 100 mM
Na2HP0, 250 mM (pH 4.0, 1 N HC1) ABTS 0.5 mg/ml wherein ARTS is 2.2'-azinobis(3-ethylbenzthiazoline sulfonic acid). For this assay, the ABTS solution should be kept in the dark at 4°C. The solution should be discarded when it turns green.
n. Hydrogen peroxide: 30% solution is kept in dark - and 4°C.
Procedure. All the following steps are at room temperature and aseptically performed, unless stated °therwise. All ELISA plate washing is by rinsing with distilled water three times and once with TEST.
A. Cell Seeding 1: Grow BT474 cells in tissue culture dishes (Corning 25020-100) to 80-90% confluence and collect using Trypsin-EDTA (0.25%, GIBCO).
2. Resuspend the cells in fresh medium and transfer to 96-well tissue culture plates (Corninc~,~'~
25806-96) at about 25,000-50,000 cells/well (100 ~el/well) . Incubate the cells in 5% Co2at 37°C overnight.
B. ELISA Plate Coatinct and Blocking 1. Coat the ELISA plate (Corning 25805-96) with anti HER2 antibody at 0.5 ~.g/well in 150 ~l PBS
overnight at 4°C, and seal with parafilm. The antibody coated plates can be used up to 2 weeks, when stored at 4°C.
2. On the day of use, remove the coating solution, replace with 200 gel of Blocking Buffer, shake the plate, and then remove the blocking buffer and wash the plate just before adding lysate.
C. Assa~r Procedures 1. TBST the drugs in serum-free condition.
Before adding drugs, the old media is replaced with serum-free RPMI (90 ~tl/well) 2. Dilute drug stock (in 100% DMSO) 1:10 with RPMI, and transfer 10 ~Cl/well of this solution to the cells to achieve a final drug DMSO concentration at 1%.
Incubate the cells in 5% COZ at 37°C.
3. Prepare fresh cell lysis buffer (HNTG*) 5xHNTG 2 ml EDTA 0.2 ml Na3V04 0.1 ml Na4PZ0., 0. 1 ml H20 7 . 3 ml 4. After drug preincubation for two hours remove all the solution from the plate, transfer HNTG' (100 ul/well) to the cells, and shake for 10 minutes.
5. Use a 12-channel pipette to scrape the cells from the plate, and homogenize the lysate by repeat aspiration and dispensing. Transfer all the lysate to the ELISA plate and shake for 1 hour.
6. Remove the lysate, wash the plate, add anti-pTyr (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~1/well,-and shake for 30 minutes.
?. Remove anti-pTyr, wash the plate, add goat anti-rabbit IgG conjugated antibody (1:5,000 with TEST) 100 ~Cl/well, and shake for 30 minutes.
8. Remove anti-rabbit IgG antibody, wash the plate, and add fresh ABTS/FIzO= (1.2 ~Cl HzOZ to 10 ml ABTS) 10o ul/well to the plate to start color development, which usually takes 20 minutes.
9. Measure OD 410 nM, Dynatec~Mft5000.
6.1.3. PDGF-8 ELI6A
All cell culture media, glutamine, and fetal bovine serum were purchased from Gibco Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) unless otherwise specified. All cells were grown in a humid atmosphere. of ZO 90-95% air and 5-10% COz at 37°C. All cell lines were routinely subcultured twice a week and were negative for mycoplasma as determined by the Mycotect method (Gibco).
For ELISA assays, cells (U1242, obtained from Joseph Schlessinger, NYU) were grown to 80-90% confluency in growth medium (MErI with 10% FHS, NEAR, 1 mM NaPyr and 2 mM GLN) and seeded in 96-well tissue culture plates in 0.5% serum at 25,000 to 30,000 cells per well. After overnight incubation in 0.5% serum-containing medium, cells were changed to serum-free medium and treated with test compound for 2 hr in a 5% COZ, 37°C incubator. Cells were then stimulated with ligand for 5-10 minutes followed' by lysis with HNTG (20 mM Hepes, 150 mM NaCl, 10%
glycerol, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM Na3V04, 0.2% Triton'X-100, and 2 mM NaPyr). Cell Iysates (0.5 mg/well in PBS) were transferred to ELISA plates previously coated with receptor-specific antibody and which had been blocked with 5% milk in TBST (50 mM Tris-HC1 pH 7.2, 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Triton~X-100) at room temperature for 30 min.
Lysates were incubated with shaking for 1 hour at room temperature. The plates were washed with TBST four times and then incubated with polyclonal anti-phosphotyrosine antibody at room temperature for 30 minutes. Excess anti-phosphotyrosine antibody was removed by rinsing the plate with TBST four times. Goat anti-rabbit IgG
antibody was added to the ELISA plate for 30 min at room temperature followed by rinsing with TBST four more times. ABTS (100 mM citric acid, 250 mM Na2HP04 and 0.5 mg/mL 2,2~-azino-bis(3-ethylbenzthiazoline-6-sulfonic acid)) plus H2O2 (1.2 mL 30% Hz02 to 10 ml ABTS) was added to the ELISA plates to start color development.
Absorbance at 410 nm with a reference wavelength of 630 nm was recorded about 15 to 30 min after ABTS addition.
6.1.9. IGF-I EhISA
The following protocol may be used to measure phosphotyrosine level on IGF-I receptor, which indicates IGF-I receptor tyrosine kinase activity.
Materials And Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used:
a. The cell line used in this assay is 3T3/IGF-1R, a cell line which overexpresses IGF-i receptor.
b. NIH3T3/IGF-1R is grown in an incubator with 5%
C02 at 37°C. The growth media is DMEM + 10% FBS
(heat inactivated)+ 2mM L-glutamine.
c. Anti-IGF-iR antibody named 17-69 is used.
Antibodies are purified by the Enzymology Lab, SUGEN, Inc.
d. D-PBS:
KHzP04 0.20 g/1 KZHP04 2.16 g/1 KC1 0.20 g/1 NaCl 8.00 g/1 (pH 7.2) e. Blocking Buffer: TBST plus 5% Milk (Carnation Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk) f. TBST buffer:
Tris-HC1 50 mM
NaCl.~ 150mM (pH 7.2/HCl 10N) Triton X-100 0.1%
Stock solution of TBS 110X) is prepared, and TritonTM X-100 is added to the buffer during dilution.
g . HNTG buf f er HEPES 20 mM
NaCl 150 mM (pH 7.2/HC1 1N) Glycerol 10%
TritonTM X-100 0.2%
Stock solution (5X) is prepared and kept at 4°C.
h. EDTA/HC1: 0.5 M pH 7.0 (NaOH) as 100X stock.
i. Na3V04: 0.5 M as lOOX stock and aliquots are kept in -80°C.
j . Na4Pz07: 0. 2 M as 100X stock.
k. Insulin-like growth factor-1 from Promega (Cat, G5111).
1~ Polyclonal antiserum anti-phosphotyrosine:
rabbit sera generated by Enzymology Lab., SUGEN
Inc.
m. Goat anti-rabbit IgG, POD conjugate (detection antibody), Tago (Cat. No. 4520, Lot No. 1802):
Tago, Inc., Burlingame, CA.
n. ABTS (2.2~-azinobis(3-ethylbenzthiazolinesulfonic acid)) solution:
Citric acid 100 mM
Na2HP04 w250 mM (pH 4.0/1 N HC1) ABTS 0.5 mg/ml STS solution should be kept in dark and 4°C. The solution should be discarded when it turns green.
o. Hydrogen Peroxide: 30% solution is kept in the dark and at 4°C.
Procedure. All the following steps are conducted at room temperature unless it is specifically indicated.
All ELISA plate washings are performed by rinsing the plate with tap water three times, followed by one TBST
rinse. Pat plate dry with paper towels.
A. Cell Seeding:
1. The cells, grown in tissue culture dish (Corning 25020-100) to 80-90% confluence, are harvested with Trypsin-EDTA (0.25%, 0.5 ml/D-100, GIBCO).
2. Resuspend~the cells in fresh DMEM + 10%
FBS + 2mM L-Glutamine, and transfer to 96 - well tissue culture plate (Cornir~ 25806-96) at 20,000 cells/well .
(100 ~Cl/well). Incubate for 1 day then replace-medium to serum-free medium (90/1) and incubate in 5% COz and 37°CI
overnight. .
B. ELISA Plate Coating and Blocking:
1. Coat the ELISA.plate (Corning 25805-96) i5 with Anti-IGF-1R Antibody at 0.5 ~g/well in 100 ~tl PBS at .
least 2 hours.
2. Remove the coating solution, and replace with 100 ~l Blocking Buffer, and shake for 30 minutes.
Remove the blocking buffer and wash the plate just before adding.lysate.
C. Assay Procedures:
1. The drugs are tested in serum-free condition.
2. Dilute drug stock (in 100% DMSO) 1:10 with DMEM in 96-well poly-propylene plate, and transfer 10 ~1/well of this solution to the cells to achieve final drug dilution 1:100, and final DMSO concentration of 1.0%. Incubate the cells in 5%wCO, at 37°C for 2 hours.
3... Prepare fresh cell lysis buffer (HNTG*) ~, HNTG 2 ml EDTA 0.1 ml Na3V0,, 0.'1 ml Nas (PzO~) 0.1 ml Hz0 7.3 ml 4. After drug incubation for two hours, transfer 10 ~t1/well of 200nM IGF-1 Ligand .in PBS to the cells (Final Conc. - 20 nM), and incubate at 5% C02 at 37°C for 10 minutes.
5. Remove media and add 100~1/well HNTG* and shake for 10 minutes. Look at cells under microscope to see if they are adequately lysed.
6. Use a 12-channel pipette to scrape the cells from the plate, and homogenize the lysate by repeat aspiration and dispense. Transfer all the lysate to the antibody coated ELISA plate, and shake for 1 hour.
7. Remove the lysate, wash the plate, transfer anti-pTyr (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~Cl/well, and shake for 30 minutes.
8. Remove anti-pTyr, wash the plate, transfer Tago (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~ul/well, and shake for 30 minutes:
9. Remove detection antibody, wash the plate, and transfer fresh ABTS/H2O2 (1.2 ~1 Hz02 to 10 ml ABTS) 100 ~cl/well to the plate to start color development.
10. Measure OD in Dynate5000, which is connected to Ingres~
6.1.5. EaF Receptor ELIBA
EGF Receptor kinase activity (EGFR-NIH3T3 assay) in whole cells was measured as described below:
Materials aad Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used a. EGF Ligand: stock concentration = 16.5 ;CM; EGF
201, TOYOBO, Co., Ltd. Japan.
3o b. 05-101 (UBI) (a monoclonal antibody recognizing an EGFR extracellular domain).
c. Anti-phosphotyosine antibody (anti-Ptyr) (polyclonal).
d. Detection antibody: Goat anti-rabbit 1gG horse .radish peroxidase conjugate, TAGO, Inc., Burlingame, CA.
e. TBST buffer:
Tris-HC1, pH 7 50 mM
NaCl T~ 150 mM' Triton ~-100 0.1 f. HNTG 5X stock:
HEPES 0.1 M
NaCl 0.75 M
Glycerol 50 TritonTM X-100 1.0%
g. ABTS stock:
Citric Acid 100 mM
Na2HP0~ 250 mM
HC1, conc. 4.0 pH
ABTS' 0.5 mg/ml Keep solution in dark at 4°C until used.
h. Stock reagents of:
EDTA l00 mM pH 7.0 Na3V0,, 0.5 M
Na4 (PaO~) 0. 2 M
Procedure. The following protocol was used:
A. Pre-coat ELISA Piate 1. Coat ELISA plates (Cornin96 well, Cat.
X25805-96) with 05-101 antibody at 0.5 ~g per well in FBS, 150 gel final volume/well, and store overnight at 4°C. Coated plates are good for up to 10 days when stored at 4°C.
2. On day of use, remove coating buffer and replace with blbcking buffer (5% Carnatio~~Instant NonFat Dry Milk in PBS). Incubate the plate, shaking, at room temperature (about 23°C to 25°C) for 30 minutes. Just prior to use, remove blocking buffer and wash plate 4 3o times with TBST buffer.
B. Seedinq Cells 1. NIH 3T3/C7 cell line (Honegger, et al., Cell 51:199-209, 1987) can be use for this assay.
2. Choose dishes having 80-90% confluence for the experiment. Trypsinize cells and stop reaction by adding 10% CS DMEM medium. Suspend cells in DMEM medium (10% CS DMEM medium) and centrifuge once at 1000 rpm, and once at room temperature for 5 minutes.
3. Resuspend cells in seeding medium'(DMEM, 0.5% bovine serum), and count the cells using trypanT~
blue. Viability above 90% is acceptable. Seed cells in DMEM medium (0.5% bovine serum) at a density of 10,000 cells per well, 100' l per well, in a 96 well microtiter plate. Incubate seeded cells in 5% COz at 37°C for about 40 hours.
C. Assav Procedures.
1. Check seeded cells for contamination using an inverted microscope. Dilute drug stock (l0~mg/ml in DMSO) 1:10 in DMEM medium, then transfer~5 ~1 to a test well for a final drug dilution of 1:200 and a final DMSO
concentration of 1%. Control wells receive DMSO alone.
Incubate in 5% COz at 37°C for one hour.
2. Prepare EGF ligand: dilute stock EGF in DMEM so that upon transfer of 10 ~1 dilute EGF (1:12 dilution), 25 nM final concentration is attained..
3. Prepare fresh 10 ml HNTG' sufficient for 100 ~C1 per well wherein HNTG* comprises: HNTG stock (2.0 ml), milli-Q Hz0 (7.3 ml), EDTA, 100 mM, pH ?.0 (0.5 ml), Na3V04 0.5 M (0.1 ml) and, Na,, (PzO.,) , 0.2 M (0.1 ml) .
4. Place on ice.
5. After two hours incubation with drug, add prepared EGF ligand to cells, 10 ~l per well, to yield a final concentration of 25 nM. Control wells receive DMEM
alone. Incubate, shaking, at room temperature, for 5 minutes.
6. Remove drug, EGF, and DMEM. Wash cells twice with PBS. Transfer HNTG'to cells, 100 ~C1 per well.
Place on ice for 5 minutes. Meanwhile, remove blocking buffer from other ELISA plate and wash with TBST as described above.
7. With a pipette tip securely fitted to a micropipettor, scrape cells from plate and homogenize cell material by repeatedly aspirating and dispensing the L ~ 92~~91 HNTG*lysis buffer. Transfer lysate to a coated, blocked, and washed EhISA plate. Incubate shaking at room temperature f:or one hour.
8. Remove lysate and wash 4 times with TBST.
Transfer fre~~hly diluted anti-Ptyr antibody to ELISA
plate at 100 ~,1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 30 minutes in the presence of the anti-Ptyr antiseru~,m (1:3000 dilution in TBST).
9. Remove the anti-Ptyr antibody and wash 4 times with TH~ST. Transfer the freshly diluted TAGO 30 anti-rabbit IgG antibody to the ELISA plate at 100 ~C1 per well. Incubate shaking at room temperature for 30 minutes (anti-rabbit IgG antibody: 1:3000 dilution in TBST).
10. Remove detection antibody and wash 4 times with TBST. Transfer freshly prepared ABTS/Hz02 solution to ELISA plate, 100 ~cl. per well. Incubate at room temperature for 20 minutes. ABTS/Hz02 solution: 1.2 ~C1 3 0% H20z in 10 ml ABTS stock .
11. Stop reaction by adding 50 ~,1 5N HZS04 (optional), and determine O.D. at 410 nm.
12. The maximal phosphotyrosine signal is determined by subtracting the value of the negative controls from the positive controls. The percent inhibition of phosphotyrosine content for extract-containing wells is then calculated, after subtraction of the negative controls.
6.1.6. Cellular Insulin Receptor ELISA
The following protocol was used to determine whei~her the compounds of the present invention possessed insulin receptor tyrosine kinase activity.
Material: And Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used to measure phophotyrosine levels on the insulin rEaceptor (indicating insulin receptor tyrosine kinase activity):
1. The preferred cell line was an NIH3T3 cell line (ATCC No. 1658) which overexpresses Insulin Receptor (H25 cells);
2. H25 cells are grown in an incubator with 5% C02 at 37°C. The growth media is DMEM + 10% FBS (heat inactivated) + 2mm L-Glutamine;
3. For ELISA plate coating, the monoclonal anti-IR
antibody named BBE is used. Said antibodies was purified by the Enzymology Lab, SUGEN, Inc.;
4. D-PBS, comprising:
KH2PO4 0.20 g/1 (GIBCO, 310-4190AJ) K2HP04 2 .16 g/ 1 KC1 0.20 g/1 NaCl 8.0O g/1 (pH 7.2);
5. Blocking Buffer: TBST plus 5% Milk (Carnatio~i Instant Non-Fat Dry Milk);
6. TBST buffer, comprising:
Tris-HC1 50mM
NaCl 150mM pH 7.2 (HC1, 1 N) Trito~X-100 0.1%
Note: Stock solution of TBS (10X) is prepared, and Triton X-100 is added to the buffer during dilution;
7. HNTG buffer, comprising:
HEPES 20mM
NaCl 150mM pH 7.2 (HC1, 1 N) Glycerol 10%
Tritdn ~X-100 0.2%
Note: Stock solution (5X) is prepared and kept at 4°C;
8. EDTA.HC1: 0.5 M pH 7.0 (NaOH) as 100X stock;
9. Na3V04: 0.5 M as 100X stock and aliquots are kept in -80°C;
10. Na4P20.,: 0.2 M as 100X stock;
11. Insulin from GIBCO BRL (Cat# 18125039);
12. Polyclonal antiserum Anti-phosphotyrosine:
rabbit sera generated by Enzymology Lab., SUGEN Inc.;
13. Detection antibody, preferably goat anti-rabbit IgG, POD.conjugate, Tago (Cat. No..4520: Lot No. 1802):
Tago, Inc., Hurlingame, CA;
14. ABTS solution, comprising:
Citric acid 10o mM
NaZHPO~ 250 mM pH 4. 0 ( 1 N I;CI) ABTS 0.5 mg/ml wherein ABTS is 2,2'-azinobis (3-ethylbenathiazoline sulfonic acid) and stored in the dark at 4°C and discarded when it turns green;
15. Hydrogen Peroxide: 30% solution is kept iw thel ..
dark and at 40°C.
Protoco3. All the following steps are conducted at room temperature unless it is specifically indicated.
i5 All ELISA plate washings are perfonaed by rinsing the plate with tap water three times, followed by one TEST
rinse. All plates were tapped dry with paper towels -prior to use.
A. Cell Seeding:
Z0 1. The cells were grown in tissue culture dish (10 cm, Cornin~ 25020-100) to 80-90% confluence and harvested with Trypsin-EDTA (0.25%, 0.5 ml/D-100, GIBCO);
2. Resuspend the cells in fresh DMEM + 10%
FBS + 2mM L-Glutamine, and transfer to 96 - well tissue 25 culture plate (Corni~~~;s 25806-96) at 20,000 cells/well (100 ~l/well). The cells are then incubated for d day.
Following such incubation, 0.01% serum medium (90/1) replaces the old media and the cells incubate in 5% COZ
and 37°C overnight.
30 B. ELISA Plate Coating and Blocking:
1. Coat the ELISA plate (Cornin~i25805-96) with Anti-IR Antibody at 0.5 ~g/well in 100 ~1 PBS at least 2 hours:
2. Remove the coating solution, and replace 35 with 100 ~cl; blocking Buffer, and shake for 30 minutes.
Remove the blocking buffer and wash the plate just before adding lysate.
._ . ~ ~92T~7 C. Assay Procedures 1. The drugs are tested in serum-free condition.
2. Dilute drug stock (in 100% DMSO) 1:10 with DMEM in 96-well poly-propylene plate, and transfer 10 ~1/well of this solution to the cells to achieve final drug dilution 1:100, and final DMSO concentration of 1.0%. Incubate the cells in 5% COz at 37°C for 2 hours.
3. Prepare fresh cells lysis buffer (HNTG*) HNTG (5x) 2 ml EDTA 0.1 ml NajV04 0.1 ml Na,~P,O., 0.1 ml HZU 7.3 ml HNTG* 10 ml 4. After drug incubation for two hours, transfer 10 ~cl/well of 1~CM insulin in PBS to the cells (Final concentration = 100 nM), and incubate at 5% COZ at 37°C for 10 minutes.
5. Remove media and add 100 ~,1/well HNTG* and shake for 10 :minutes. Look at cells under microscope to see if they are adequately lysed.
6. Using a 12-channel pipette, scrape the cells from the plate, and homogenize the lysate by repeat aspiration and dispense. Transfer all the lysate to the antibody coated ELISA plate, and shake for 1 hour.
7. Remove the lysate, wash the plate, transfer anti-pTyr (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~,1/well, and shake for 30 :minutes.
8. Remove anti-pTyr, wash the plate, transfer Togo (1:3,000 with TBST) 100 ~.1/well, and shake for 30 minutes.
9. Remove detection antibody, wash the plate, and transfer fresh ABTS/H202 (1.2 ~,1 Hz02 to 10 ml ABTS) 100 ~1/well to the plate to start color development.
10. Measure OD in Dynatec~MR5000, which is connected to Ingres7M All following steps should follow Ingre~instruction.
6.1.7. Experimental Results From ELISA
Assays The experimental results for various compounds according to the invention using the above-described protocols are set forth at Table 1:
ELISA Assay Results Kinase (Example) IC50 (~rM)IC50 (/~M)IC50 (~rM)IC50 (~M) C50 (~tM) 27 19.4 0.8 4313 14.5 18.8 11 16.9 8.0 1B 12 0.39 16 87.4 4.2 17 11.8 20 28.8 22 2.2 24 8.5 26 22.6 28 22.5 29 7.9 11.2 32 20.9 4 33.1 2.1 33 21.6 39.4 34 4.1 5 5.8 1.6 90.2 36 4 ' 51.5 37 9.6 38 4.7 39 14.8 36.7 41 6.4 8 2.9 89.8 42 0.4 43 1.8 9 17 0.24 44 23.8 10 0.17 45 53.7 1.1 11 0.07 12 10.8 0.11 -. -3 4g 15 . 4 13 2.3 50 4.6 14 2.4 53 51.4 15 4.5 70.6 55 8.6 57 73.4 58 41.2 _ 77 _ - 2?92197 (Example) IC50 (~M) IC50 (feM)IC50 Rinase (/!M) IC50 (~.iM)IC50 (/.tM) 59 22.8 6 4.5 92.6 61 3.4 44 62 65.5 0.14 64 36.2 70 - 0.18 71 20.3 73 86 1.6 74 55.9 2.7 76 8.7 77 14.2 1.5 78 7.4 81 0.15 7 5.3 39.6 30.4 6.2. Cel:L Growth Assays The following assays may be conducted to measure the ej=fect of the claimed compounds upon cell growth as a rE~sult of the compound's interaction with one or more RTKs. Unless otherwise specified, the following assays may be generally applied to measure the activity of a compound against any particular RTK. To the extent that an assay, set forth below, refers to a specific RTK, one skilled in the art would be able to adapt the disclosed protocol for use to measure the activity of a second RTK.
6.2.1. Soft Agar Assay The soft agar assay may be used to measure the effects of substances on cell growth. Unless otherwise stated the soft agar assays were carried out as follows:
Material And Reagents. The following materials and reagents were used:
a, A water bath set at 39°C and another water bath at 37°C.
_ 78 _ b. 2X assay medium is comprised of 2X Dulbecco's ~
SModified Eagle's Medium (DMEM) (Gibco Cat.
CA400-4AN03) supplemented by the following:
~ 20% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) 2 mM
sodium pyruvate 4 mM glutamine amine;
and ~ 20 mM HEPES Non-essential Amino Acids (1:50 from lOOx stock).
c. 1X assay medium made of 1X DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 2 mM
glutamine, 10 mM HEPES, non-essential amino acid (1:100 from lOOx stock).
d. 1.6% SeaPlaque Agarose in autoclave bottle.
e: Sterile 35 nun Corning plates (FMC Bioproducts Cat. #50102) f. Sterile 5 ml glass pipets (individually wrapped).
g. Sterile l5 ml and 50 ml conical centrifuge tubes.
h. Pipets and sterile tips.
2o i, Sterile microcentrifuge tubes.
j. Cells in T75 flasks: SKOV-3 (ATCC HTB77).
k. 0.25% Trypsin solution (Gibco #25200-015).
Procedure. The following procedure was used to conduct the soft agar assay:
A. Procedure for making the base layer 1. Have all the media warmed up in the 37°C
water bath.
2. To make 1X of assay medium + 0.8% agar:
make a 1:2 (vol:vol) dilution of melted agar (cooled to 39°C), with 2X assay medium.
3. Keep all media with agar warm in the 39'C
water bath when not in use.
4. Dispense 1 ml of 1X assay medium + 0.8%
agar into dishes and gently swirl plate to form a uniform base layer. Bubbles should be avoided.
5. Refrigerate base layers to solidify (about 20 minutes). Base layers can be stored overnight in the refrigerator.
B. Pro~~edure for collectingr cells 1. Take out one flask per cell line from the incubator; as~~irate off medium; wash once with PBS and aspirate off; add 3 ml of trypsin solution.
2. After all cells dissociate from the flask, add 3 ml of 1:~ assay media to inhibit trypsin activity.
Pipet the cells up and down, then transfer the suspension into a 15m1 tube.
3. Determine the concentration of cells using a Coulter counter, and the viability by trypan blue exclusion.
4. Take out the appropriate volume needed to seed 3300 viable cells per plate and dilute it to 1.5 ml with 1X assay medium.
C. Procedure for makinct the upper 0 4% ag~arose layer:
1. Add TBST compounds at twice the desired final assay concentration; + 1.5 ml of cell suspension in 1X assay medium 10% FBS; + 1.5 ml of 1X assay medium +
0.8% agarose': Total. = 3.0 ml 1X media 10% FBS + 0.4%
agarose with 3300 viable cells/ml, with and without TBST
compounds.
*(Made by 1:2 dilution of 2X media with 1.6% agar 30 for the base layer procedure above.) 2. Plate 1 ml of the Assay Mix onto the 1 ml base layer. The duplicates are plated from the 3 ml volume.
3. Incubate the dishes for 2-3 weeks in a 100% humidified, 10% COZ incubator.
4. Colonies that are 60 microns and larger are scored positive.
2192797 ~.
6.2.2. Sulforhodamine B (SRB) Growth Assays The SRB assays may be used to measure the effects of substances on cell growth. The assays are carried out as follows:
Assay 1: 3T3/E/H+TGF-a(T) Cell Growth SRH Assay Materials:
96-well flat bottom sterile plates 96-well round x~ottom sterile plates sterile 25 ml or 100 ml reservoir pipets, multi-channel pipetman sterile pipet taps sterile 15 ml a.nd 50 ml tubes Reagents:
0.4% SRB in 1% acetic acid 10 mM Tris bass:
10% TCA
1% acetic acid sterile DMSO (:>igma) compound in DMaO (100 mM or less stock solution) 25% Trypsin-EDTA in Cell Dissociation Solution (Sigma) Cell line and growth medium:
3T3/E/H+TGF-a(f) (NIH 3T3 clone 7 cells expressing EGF-R/HER2 chimera and TGF-a, tumor-derived autocrine loop cells) 2% calf serum/I)MEM + 2 mM giutamine Protocol:
Day 0: Cell P:Lating:
This part of a:~say is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. Tryps:inize cells as usual. Transfer 100 ~cl of cell suspensio~z to 10 ml of isotone. Count cells with the Coulter Counter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 60,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 6000 cells/well.
3. Use half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, a set of 4 wells for medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% C02 incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound:
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. In 96 well-round bottom plate, add 125 ~l of growth medium to columns 3 to 11. This plate is used to titrate out the compound, 4 rows per compound.
2. In a sterile 15 ml tube, make a 2X solution of the highest concentration of compound by adding 8 ~1 of the compound vto a total of 2 ml growth medium for a dilution of 1:250. At this dilution, the concentration of DMSO is 0.~~% for a 2X solution or 0.2% for 1X solution on the cells. The starting concentration of the compound is u:~ually 100 uM but this concentration may vary depending upon the solubility of the compound.
3. Tran:~fer the 2X starting compound solution to quadruplicate wells in column 12 of the 96-well round bottom plate. Do 1:2 serial dilutions across the plate from right to left by transferring 125 ~1 from column 12 to column 11, column 11 to 10 and so on. Transfer 100 ~1 of compound dilutions onto 100 ~1 medium on cells in corresponding wells of 96-well flat bottom plate. Total volume per well should be 200 ~1.
4. For ~rehicle control, prepare a 2X solution of DMSO at 0.4% I)MSO in growth medium. Transfer 100 ~1 of the DMSO solution to the appropriate wells of cells. The final concentration of DMSO is 0.2%.
5. For the medium control wells, add 100 ~1/well of growth medium to the appropriate wells of cells.
6. Return the plate to the incubator and incubate for 4 days.
Day 5: Development of Assay This part of assay is carried out on the bench.
1. Aspirate or pour off medium. Add 200 ~1 cold.
10% TCA to each well to fix cells. Incubate plate for at least 60 min. at 4°C.
2. Discard TCA and rinse wells 5 times with water.
Dry plates upside down on paper towels.
3. Stain cells with 100 ~,1/well 0.4% SRB for 10 min.
4. Pour off SRB and rinse wells 5 times with 1%
acetic acid. Dry plates completely upside down on paper towels.
5. Solubilize dye with 100 ~C1/well 10 mM Tris base for 5-10 min. on shaker.
6. Read plates on DynatechMELISA Plate Reader at 570 nm with reference at 630 nm.
Assay 2: 3T3/EGF-R+TGF-a(T) Cell Growth SRB Assay Materials and Reagents same as for Assay 1.
Cell line and growth medium:
3T3/EGF-R+TGF-a(T) (NIH 3T3 clone 7 cells expressing EGF-R and TGF-a, tumor-derived autocrine loop cells) 2% calf serum/DMEM + 2 mM glutamine Protocol:
Day 0: Cell Plating:
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. Trypsinize cells as usual. Transfer 100 ~C1 of cell suspension to 10 ml of isotone. Count cells with the Coulte~~ounter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 60,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 6000 cells/well.
3. Use half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, a set of 4 wells for medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% C02 incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound: same as for Assay 1.
Day 5: Development of Assay: same as for Assay 1.
Assay 3: 3T3/PDGF-~BR/PDGF-BB(T) Cell Growth BRH Assay Cell line and arowth medium:
3T3/PDGF-/iR/PDGF-BB(T) (NIH 3T3 clone 7 cells expressing PDGF (3-receptor and PDGF-BB, from tumors resected from athymic mice) 2% calf serum/DMEM + 2 mM glutamine Protocol:
Day 0: Cell PlatincL
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1. Trypsinize cells as usual. Transfer 200 ~tl of cell suspension to 10 ml of isotone. Count cells on the Coulter Counter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 60,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 6000 cells/well.
3. Allow half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, a set of 4 wells for medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells to the plate.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% COz incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound: same as for Assay 1.
Day 5: Development of Assay: same as for Assay 1.
Assay 4: Human Smooth Muscle Cells (SMC) Groarth 8RB
Assay Materials and Reagents same as for Assay 1:
Cell line and growth medium:
Human Aortic Smooth Muscle cells (Clonetics Clonetics's~Bullet Kit: Smooth Muscle Basal Medium (SmBM) which is modified MCDB 131 containing fetal bovine serum (5%), hFGF (2ng/ml), hEGF (0.1 ng/ml), insulin (5.0 ug/ml), gentamicin (50ug/ml) and amphotericin B (50 ng/ml) Protocol:
Day 0: Cell plating:
This part of assay is carried out in a laminar flow hood.
1~ Trypsinize cells as usual. Transfer 200 ~,1 of cell suspension to 10 ml of isotope. Count cells on the Coult r~~Counter.
2. Dilute cells in growth medium to 20,000 cells/ml. Transfer 100 ~1 of cells to each well in a 96-well flat bottom plate to give 2000 cells/well.
3. Allow half of plate (4 rows) for each compound and quadruplicate wells for each compound concentration, ' 2192797 a set of 4 wells far medium control and 4 wells for DMSO
control.
4. Gently shake plates to allow for uniform attachment of the cells to the plate.
5. Incubate the plates at 37°C in a 10% C02 incubator.
Day 1: Addition of Compound: same as for Assay 1.
Day 5: Devel~~pment of Assay: same as for Assay 1.
6.2.3. 3T3 Cell Growth Assay Assay 1: PDG:E'-Induced BrdU Incorporation Assay Materials and Reagents:
(1) PDG:E: human PDGF B/B; 1276-956, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany (2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH'7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) Fixl~enat: fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution . 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made 3 0 in house .
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8557_, Sigma Chemical Co. , USA.
Protocol (1) 3T3 engineered cell line: 3T3/EGFRc7.
(2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a 96 well plate. Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% C02.
(3) ' After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24.hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (PDGF=3.8 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (PDGF) but no test compound:
Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for ? test concentrations.
(5) After 20 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ~M) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat~M
solution is added (50 ~1/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated~milk in PBS, 200 ~ljwell) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
BSA) is added (100 ~1/well) and the plate is incubated.for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~1/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatech~~LISA plate reader.
Assay 2: EGF-Induced BrdU Incorgoration Assay Materials and Reagents (1) EGF: mouse EGF, 201; Toyobo,Co., Ltd. Japan (2) BrdU~Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat~ fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
_ tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No..i 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co.,~USA.
_ 88 -Protocol (1) 3T3 engineered cell line: 3T3/EGFRc7 (2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in 10% CS, 2mM Gln in DMEM, in a 96 well plate.
Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% C02.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (EGF=2 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (EGF) but no test compound.
Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
5) After 20 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ~aM) for 1.5 hours.
6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat solution is added (50 ~l/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~C1/well) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
_ 89 _ BSA) is added (100 ;C1/well) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a.plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~1/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatech~~LISA plate reader.
Assay 3: EGF-Induced Her2 -Driven BrdU Incorporation Materials and Reaaents:
(1) EGF: mouse EGF, 201; Toyobo,Co., Ltd. Japan (2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 1O mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat~ fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. l 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution.
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. l 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co., USA.
Protocol:
(1) 3T3 engineered cell line:
3T3/EGFr/Her2/EGFr (EGFr with a Her2 kinase doma in (2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a 96- well plate.
Cells are incubated overnight at 37- in 5% COZ.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (EGF=2 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (EGF) but no test compound.
.Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
5) After 20 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ~M) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat solution is added (50 ~,1/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~al/well) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
BSA) is added (100 ~1/well) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~cl/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatec~~ELISA plate reader.
Assay 4: ~aFi-Induced Erdv Incorporation Assay Materials and Reagents:
(1) IGF1 Ligand: human, recombinant; 6511, Promega Corp, USA.
(2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat:l fixation solution (ready to use), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder; A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co., USA.
' 5 Protocol:
(1) 3T3~engineered cell line: 3T3/IGFlr.
(2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cells/well in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a'96- well plate.
Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% COZ.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (IGF1=3.3 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (IGF1) but no test compound.
Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM
with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
5) After 16 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells are incubated .with BrdU (final concentration=10 ACM) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat~
solution is added (50 ~1/well) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDena~~solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~clJwell) as a blocking solution and the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
BSA) is added (100 ~cl/well) and the plate is incubated.for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~C1/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(1l) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter 2o reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatechl ELISA.plate reader.
Assay 5: Insulin-Induced BrdU Incorporation Assay Materials and Reagents:
(1) Tnsulin: crystalline, bovine, Zinc; 13007, Gibco BRL, USA.
(2) BrdU Labeling Reagent: 10 mM, in PBS
(pH7.4), Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(3) FixDenat~s fixation solution (ready to use), .
Cat. No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(4) Anti-BrdU-POD: mouse monoclonal antibody conjugated with peroxidase, Cat: No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(5) TMB Substrate Solution:
tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), ready to use, Cat.
No. 1 647 229, Boehringer Mannheim, Germany.
(6) PBS Washing Solution : 1X PBS, pH 7.4, made in house.
(7) Albumin, Bovine (BSA): fraction V powder,~ A-8551, Sigma Chemical Co., USA.
Protocol:
(1) 3T3 engineered cell line: H25 (2) Cells are seeded at 8000 cellsjwell in DMEM, 10% CS, 2mM Gln in a 96 well plate. Cells are incubated overnight at 37C in 5% C02.
(3) After 24 hours, the cells are washed with i5 PBS, and then are serum starved in serum free medium (0%CS DMEM with 0.1% BSA) for 24 hours.
(4) On day 3, ligand (Insulin=10 nM, prepared in DMEM with 0.1% BSA) and test compounds are added to the.cells simultaneously. The negative control wells receive serum free DMEM
with 0.1% BSA only; the positive control cells receive the ligand (Insulin) but no test compound. Test compounds are prepared in serum free DMEM with ligand in a 96 well plate, and serially diluted for 7 test concentrations.
(5) After 16 hours of ligand activation, diluted BrdU labeling reagent (1:100 in DMEM, 0.1% BSA) is added and the cells~are incubated with BrdU (final concentration=10 ACM) for 1.5 hours.
(6) After incubation with labeling reagent, the medium is removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. FixDenat~i solution is added (50 ~Cljwell) and the plates are incubated at room temperature for 45 minutes on a plate shaker.
(7) The FixDenat solution is thoroughly removed by decanting and tapping the inverted plate on a paper towel. Milk is added (5% dehydrated milk in PBS, 200 ~C1/well) as a blocking solution and , the plate is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(8) The blocking solution is removed by decanting and the wells are washed once with PBS. Anti-BrdU-POD solution (1:100 dilution in PBS, 1%
14 BSA) is added . (100 ~1/well) and the plate is incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker.
(9) The antibody conjugate is thoroughly removed by decanting and rinsing the wells 5 times with PBS, and the plate is dried by inverting and tapping on a paper towel.
(10) TMB substrate solution is added (100 ~Sl/well) and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature on a plate shaker until color development is sufficient for photometric detection.
(11) The absorbance of the samples are measured at 410 nm (in "dual wavelength" mode with a filter reading at 490 nm, as a reference wavelength) on a Dynatech ELISA plate reader.
6.2..4. HOV-EC-C Assay The following protocol may also be used to measure a compound's activity:
1. Wash_and trypsinize HUV-EC-C cells (human umbilical vein endothelial cells, (American Type Culture Collection; catalogue no. 1730 CRL). Wash with Dulbecco~s~phosphate-buffered saline (D-PBS; obtained from Gibco BRL; catalogue no. 14190-029) 2 times at about 1 m1/10 cm2 of tissue culture flask. Trypsinize with 0.05% trypsin-EDTA in non-enzymatic cell dissociation solution (Sigma Chemical Company; catalogue no. C-1544).
The 0.05% trypsin was made by diluting 0.25% trypsin/1 mM
EDTA (Gibco; catalogue no. 25200-049) in the cell dissociation solution. Trypsinize with about 1 m1/25-30 cm2 of tissue culture flask for about 5 minutes at 37°C.
After cells have detached from the flask, add an equal volume of assay medium and transfer to a 50 ml sterile centrifuge tube (Fisher Scientific; catalogue no. 05-539-6) .
l0 2. Wash the cells with about 35 ml assay medium in the 50 ml sterile centrifuge tube by adding the assay medium, centrifuge for to minutes at approximately 200xg, aspirate the supernatant, and resuspend with 35 ml 'D-PBS.
Repeat the wash two more times with D-PBS, resuspend the cells in about 1 ml assay medium/15 cmz of tissue culture flask. Assay medium consists of F12K medium (Gibco BRL;
catalogue no. 21127-014) + 0.5% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum. Count the cells with a Coulter Counter~v CoulterTM Electronics, Inc.) and add assay medium to the cells to obtain a concentration of 0.8-1.0x105 cells/ml.
3. Add cells to 96-well flat-bottom plates at 100 ~,1/well or 0.8-1.0x104 cells/well; incubate ~24h at 37°C, 5% C02.
1. Make up two-fold drug titrations in separate 96-well plates, generally 50 ~cM on down to 0 ;cM. Use the same assay~medium as mentioned in day 0, step 2 above.
Titrations are made by adding 90 ~1/well of drug at 200 ~tM (4X the final well concentration) to the top well of a particular plate column. Since the stock drug concentration is usually 20 mM in DMSO, the 200 ~,M drug concentration contains 2$ DMSO.
Therefore, diluent made up to 2% DMSO in assay medium (F12K + 0.5% fetal bovine serum) is used as diluent for the drug titrations in order to dilute the drug but keep the DMSO concentration constant. Add this diluel~t to the remaining wells in the column at 60 ~,1/well. Takes 60 ~,1 from the 120 ~,l of 200 ~M drug dilution in the top well of the column and mix with the 60 ~,1 in the :second well of the column. Take 60 ~,1 from this well and mix with the 60 ~,1 in the third well of the column, and so on until two-fold titrations are completed. When the next-to-the-last well is mixed, take 60 ~,1 of the :L20 ~cl in this well and discard it. Leave the last well with 60 ~,1 of DMSO/media diluent as a non-drug-containing control. Make 9 columns of titrated drug, enough i:or triplicate wells each for 1) VEGF
(obtained from Pepro Tech Inc., catalogue no. 100-200, 2) endothelial cell growth factor (ECGF) (also known as acidic fibrob~Last growth factor, or aFGF) (obtained from Boehringer Mannheim Biochemica, catalogue no. 1439 600), and assay med~.a control. ECGF comes as a preparation with sodium hE;parin.
2. Transfer 50 ~l/well of the drug dilutions to the 96-well a.>say plates containing the 0.8-1.0x104 cells/100 ~,l/well of the HUV-EC-C cells from day 0 and 2 0 incubate --2 h at 3 7"C , 5 % COZ .
3. In triplicate, add 50 ~,1/well of 80 ug/ml VEGF, ng/ml ECGF, or media control to each drug condition.
As with the drugs, the growth factor concentrations are 4X the desired final concentration. Use the assay media from day 0 step 2 to make the concentrations of growth factors. Incubate approximately 24 hours at 37°C, 5% COz.
Each well will_ have 50 ~1 drug dilution, 50 ~,1 growth factor or media, and 100 u1 cells, - 200 ul/well total.
Thus the 4X concentrations of drugs and growth factors become 1X once everything has been added to the wells.
1. Add 3H-thymidine (Amersham; catalogue no. TRK-686) at 1 ~.Ci/'well_ (10 ~.l/well of 100 ~,Ci/ml solution made up in RPriI media + 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum) and incubate -24 h at 37°C, 5% CO2. Note: 3H-thymidine is made up in RPMI media because all of the other applications for which we use the 3H-thymidine involve experiments done in RPMI. The media difference at this step is probably not significant. RPMI was obtained from Gibco BRL, catalogue no. 11875-051.
1. Freeze plates overnight at -20°C.
1. Thaw plates and harvest with a 96-well plate harvester (Tomtec Harvester 96~) onto filter mats (Wallac; catalogue no. 1205-401); read counts on a Wallac 1o Betaplate~T°''~ liquid scintillation counter.
6.2.5. PDGF-R Cellular Assay The PDGF cellular kinase assay was carried out as follows: cells are lysed in 0.2 M Hepes, 0.15 M NaCl, 10$
V/V glycerol, 0.04% Triton X-100, 5 mM EDTA, 5 mM sodium vanadate and 2 mM Na+ pyrophosphate; cell lysates are then added to an ELISA plate coated with an anti-PDGF
receptor antibody (Genzyme); ELISA plates are coated at 0.5 ~g of antibody/well in 150 ~1 of PBS for 18 hours at 4°C prior to the addition of the lysate; the lysate is incubated in the coated plates for d hour and then washed four times in TBST (35 mM Tris-HC1 pH 7.0, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.1% Triton X100); anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (100 ~tl in PBS) is added and the mixture. is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature; the wells were then washed four times in TBST, a secondary antibody conjugated to POD (TAGO) is added to each well, and the treated well are incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature; the wells are then washed four times in TBST, ABTS/Hz02 solution is added to each well and the wells are incubated for two minutes; absorbance is then measured at 410 nm.
~192T97 6.2..6. Experimental Results Of Cell Growth Assay Results for various compounds obtained from the abovEa-described assays are set forth in the Tables that follow:
Nfitogenesis in Endothelial Cells (3H~Thymidine Incorporation COMF~OUND HW-EC Assay (Example) VEGF (~,M) a-FGF (ACM) 27 1.1 153.8 1B 0.2 6.0 16 6.6 3.4 17 4.8 35.7 479f~ 30.7 35.8 20 43.2 21 19.9 22 2.5 45.2 23 1.6 4.6 24 14.8 25 3.4 3.7 26 25.6 19.3 28 8.0 13.0 29 34.3 16.3 30 1.0 1.4 32 4.4 4.9 4 0.6 33 46.1 27.3 5 0.8 25.8 5201. 2.5 2.3 36 2.3 0.7 37 5.1 11.8 38 2.9 130 5217 9.6 10.5 2 i ~~27~7 COMF~OUND HW-EC Assay (Exa.mple) VEGF (~,M) a-FGF (~M) 41 2.4 2.7 8 2.2 42 <0.8 2.0 9 <0.8 31.1 44 0.9 0.6 10 <0.8 45 39.8 35.5 11 <0.8 22.7 5409' 26.0 12 <0.8 48 13.6 40 13 0.7 50 11.4 14 2.5 15 5.7 5429' 27.6 59 0.16 0.14 60 39.8 33.0 61 1.2 30.0 63 3.8 3.4 68 <0.07 <0.07 69 0.5 0.8 70 0.14 7.9 71 3.8 12.9 73 1.3 3.2 74 0.54 8.7 76 2.0 5.0 77 1.2 14.1 81 0.05 37.8 COMI?OUND HUV-EC Assay (Example) VEGF (~,M) a-FGF (~M) 7 1.2 3.8 Mitogenesis in 3T3/EGFR Cells BrdU Incorporation COMPOUND PDGFR FGFR EGFR
PDGF Ligand FGF Ligand EGF Ligand (Example) IC50 (uM) IC50 (~eM) IC50 (~M) 4313 6 5.5 5.5 1B 2.5 29 9 4.9 60 10 5.2 45 7.5 70 100 12 2.8 70 74 g 81 6.5 9 48 ' 2 ~ 92791 Cell Growth Assay on Various Cell Lines SRB Readout COMPOUND :3T3/E/H+ 3T3/EGFR+ 3T3/PDGFR+ SMC
9~GF-a(T) TGF-a(T) PDGF(T) (Example) IC50 (~,M) IC50 (~,M) IC50 (ACM) IC50 (~,M) 4313 32 10.7 8.8 105 22.2 3T3/E/H+'rGF-cz(T): NIH 3T3 cells expressing EGFR/HER2 chimera and TGF-a, tumor-derived 3T3/EGFR-+-TGF-a(T): NIH 3T3 cells expressing EGFR and TGF-a, tumor-<3erived 3T3/PDGFI~+PDGF(T): NIH 3T3 cells expressing PDGF-(3R
and PDGF-~3~3, -tumor-derived SMC: human :smooth muscle cells from Clonetics 6.3. Measurement Of Cell Toxicity Therapeui~ic compounds should be more potent in inhibiting receptor tyrosine kinase activity than in exerting a cyi~otoxic effect. A measure of the effectiveness and cell toxicity of a compound can be obtained by dc=termining the therapeutic index: ICso/LDS~-ICSO, the dose required to achieve 50% inhibition, can be measured usin<~ standard techniques such as those described herein. LDso,the dosage which results in 50%
toxicity, can also be measured by standard techniques (Mossman, 1983, J- Immunol. Methods, 65:55-63), by measuring the amount of LDH released (Korzeniewski and Callewaert, 1~~83, J. Immunol. Methods 64:313; Decker and Lohmann-MatthE~s, 1988, J. Immunol. Methods 115:61), or by measuring the lethal dose in animal models. Compounds with a large i:herapeutic index are preferred. The therapeutic index should be greater than 2, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 50.
?92197 6.3. In vivo Animal Models 6.3.1. Xenograft Animal Models The ability of human tumors to grow as xenografts in athymic mice (e. g., Balb/c, nu/nu) provides a usE~ful in vivo model for studying the biological re:~ponse to therapies for human tumors. Since the first successful xenotransplantation of human tumors into athymic mice, (Rygaard and Povlsen, 1969, Acta Pathol. Microbial. Scand. 77:758-760), many different human tumor csall lines (e. g., mammary, lung, genitourinary,, gastrointestinal, head and neck, glioblastoma, bone, and malignant melanomas) have been transplanted and successfully grown in nude mice. Human mammary tumor cell lines, including MCF-7, ZR75-l, and MDA-MB-231, hive been established as subcutaneous xenografts in nude mice (Warri et al., 1991, Int. J.
Cancer 49:616--623; Ozzello and Sordat, 1980, Eur. J.
Cancer 16:553--559; Osborne et al., 1985, Cancer Res.
45:584-590; Seibert et al., 1983, Cancer Res. 43:2223-2239) .
Assay 1: HER~?/Xenograft Animal Model To study the effect of anti-tumor drug candidates on HER2 expressing tumors, the tumor cells should be able to grow in the absence of supplemental estrogen. Many mammary cell 7_ines are dependent on estrogen for in vivo growth in nudE~ mice (Osborne et al., supra), however, exogenous estrogen suppresses HER2 expression in nude mice (Warri et: al., supra, Dati et al., 1990, Oncogene 5:1001-1006). For example, in the presence of estrogen, MCF-7, ZR-75-J_, and T47D cells grow well in vivo, but express very l.ow levels of HER2 (Warri et al., supra, Dati et al., ~cupra).
The following type of xenograft protocol can be used:
1) implant tumor cells (subcutaneously) into the hindflank of five- to six-week-old female Balb/c nu/nu athymic mice;
' 2?92197 2) administer the anti-tumor compound;
3) mean>ure tumor growth by measuring tumor volume.
The tumors can also be analyzed for the presence of a receptor, such as HER2, EGF or PDGF, by Western and immunohistochE:mical analyses. Using techniques known in the art, one ~;kill.ed in the art can vary the above procedures, for example through the use of different treatment regimes.
Assay 2: FLK-1/Xenograft Model.
The ability of the compounds of the present invention to inhibit ovarian, melanoma, prostate, lung and mammary tumor cell lines established as SC xenografts was examined. These studies were conducted using doses ranging from 1. to 75 mg/kg/day.
Materials And Methods. The tumor cells were implanted subc:utaneously into the indicated strains of mice. Treatment was initiated on day 1 post implantation unless otherwise indicated (e. g. treatment of the SCID
mouse related to the A375 melanoma cell line began on Day 9). Eight (8) to sixteen (16) mice comprised each test group.
Specif ica.lly:
Animals. Female athymic mice (BALB/c, nu/nu), BALB/c mice, Y;iistar rats and Fisher 344 rats were obtained from Simonsen Laboratories (Gilroy, CA). Female A/I mice were obtained from Jackson Laboratory (Bar Harbor, ME). DA rats were obtained from B&K Universal, Inc. (Fremont, CA). Athymic R/Nu rats, DBA/2N mice, and BALB/c mice were obtained from Harlan Sprague Dawley (Indianapolis, IN). Female C57BL/6 mice were obtained from Taconic (Germantown, NY). All animals were maintained under clean-room conditions in Micro-isolator cages with Al~~ha-dri bedding. They received sterile rodent chow ar.~d water ad libitum.
All procedures were conducted in accordance with the NIH Guide for the Care and Use Of Laboratory Animals.
Subcutaneous Xenograft Model. Cell lines were grown in appropriate medium as described (See Section 6).
Cells were harvested at or near confluency with 0.05%
Trypsin-EDTA and pelleted at 450 x g'for 10 min. Pellets were resuspended in sterile PBS or media (without~FBS) to a suitable concentration indicated in the Figure legends and the cells were implanted into the hindflank of mice.
Tumor-growth was measured over 3 to 6 weeks using venier calipers and tumor volumes were calculated as a product of length x width x height unless otherwise indicated. P
values were calculated using the Students' t-test.
Compound in 50 - 100 ~L excipient (dimethylsulfoxide, PETE, PBTE6C:D5W, or PHTE:DSW) was delivered by IP
injection at concentrations indicated in the Figure v legends.
Intracerebral Xenograft Model. For the mouse IC model, rat C6 glioma cells were harvested and suspended in sterile PHS at a concentration of 2.5 x 10' cells/ml and placed on ice. Cells were implanted into BALB/c, nu/nu mice in the following manner: the frontoparietal scalps of mice were shaved with animal clippers if necessary before swabbing with 70% ethanol.
Animals were anesthetized with isofluorane and the needle was inserted through the skull into the left hemisphere of the brain. Cells were dispensed from Hamilton Gas-tight Syringes using 30 ga 1/2 inch needles 'fitted with sleeves that allowed only a 3 mm penetration. A repeater dispenser was used for accurate delivery of 4 ~uL of cell suspension. Animals were monitored daily for well-being and were sacrificed when they had a weight loss of about - 40% and/or showed neurological symptoms.
For the rat IC model, rats (Wistar, Sprague Dawley, Fisher 344, or athymic R/Nu; approximately 200-400 g (some 3-400g)) were anesthetized by an IP injection of 100 mg/kg Ketaset~(ketamine hydrochloride; Aveco, Fort Dodge, Iowa) and 5 mg/kg Rompur~M(xylazine, 2% solution;
Bayer, Germany). After onset of anesthesia, the scalp was shaved and the animal was oriented in a stereotaxic apparatus (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL). The skin at the incision site was cleaned 3. times with alternating swabs of 70% ethanol and.l0% Povidone-Iodine . A median l:0 -1.5 cm incision was made in the scalp using a~sterile surgical blade. The skin was detached slightly and pulled to the, sides to expose the sutures on the skull surface. A dental drill (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL) was used,to make a small (1-2 mm diameter) burrhole in the skull approximately 1 mm anterior and 2 mm lateral to the bregma. The cell suspension was drawn into a 50 ~,L
. Hamilton syringe fitted with a 23 or 25g standard bevel needle. The syriwge was oriented in the burrhole at the level of the arachnoidea and lowered until the tip of the needle was 3 mm deep:into the brain structure,~where the cell suspension was slowly injected. After cells were injected, the needle was left in the burrhole for 1-2 .
minutes to allow for.complete delivery of the cells. The skull was cleaned and the skin was closed with 2 to 3 sutures. Animals were observed 'for recovery from surgery and anesthesia. Throughout the~experiment, animals were observed at least twice each day for development of 'symptoms associated with progression of intracerebral tumor. Animals displaying advanced symptoms (leaning, 25.loss of balance, dehydration, loss of appetite, loss of coordination, cessation of grooming activities, and/or significant weight.loss) were humanely sacrificed and the organs and tissues of interest were resected.
Tntraperitoneal Model. Cell lines were grown in the appropriate media. Cells were harvested' and washed in sterile PBS or medium without FBS, resuspended to .a suitable concentration, and injected into_the IP
cavity of mice of the appropriate strain. Mice were observed daily for the occurrence of ascites formation:
Individual animals were sacrificed when they presented with a weight gain of 40%, or when the IP tumor burden' began to cause undue stress and pain to the animal.
~ 192797 6.3.2. In Vlvo VEGF Pellet Model In the following example, the Pellet Model was used to test a compound's activity against the FLK-1 receptor and against disorders associated with the formation of blood vessels. In this model, VEGF is packaged into a time-release pellet and implanted subcutaneously on the abdomen of nude mice to induce a 'reddening' response and subsequent swelling around the pellet. Potential FLK-1 inhibitors may then be implanted in methylcellulose near the VEGF pellet to determine whether such inhibitor may be used to inhibit the "reddening" response and subsequent swelling.
Materials And Methods. The following materials were used:
1) VEGF- human recombinant lyophilized product is commercially available and may be obtained from Peprotech, Inc., Princeto~z Business Park, G2; P.O. box 275, Rocky Hill, NJ 08553.
2) VEGF packaged into 21 day release pellets were obtained from ~Cnnovative Research of America (Innovative Research of Ame=rica, 3361 Executive Parkway, P.O. Box 2746, Toledo, Ohio 43606), using patented matrix driven delivery system. Pellets were packaged at 0.20, 0.21, or 2.1 ~Cg VEGF/pel.let. These doses approximate 10 and 100 ng/day release of VEGF.
3) Methylcellulose 4) Water (sterile) 5) Methanol 6) Appropriate drugs/inhibitors 7) 10 cm; culture plates 8) parafilm The following protocol was then followed to conduct the VEGF pellet model:
1) VEGF, purchased from Peprotech, was sent to Innovative Research for Custom Pellet preparation;
2) Methylcellulose prepared at 1.5% (w/v) in sterile water;
A
~i92T97 3) Drugs solubilized in methanol (usual concentration range = 10 to 20 mg/ml);
4) Place sterile parafilm in sterile 10 cm plates;
5) 150 ~,1 of drug in methanol added to 1.35 ml of 1.5o methylcellulose and mixed/vortexed thoroughly;
6) 25 ~cl aliquots of homogenate placed on parafilm and dried into discs;
7) Mice (6-10 wk. Balb/C athymic nu/nu, female) were anesthetized via isoflurane inhalation; 8) VEGF pellets and methylcellulose discs were implanted subcutaneously on the abdomen; and 9) Mice were scored at 24 hours and 48 hours for reddening and swelling response.
The specific experimental design used in this example was:
N = 4 animals/group Controls: VEGF pellet + drug placebo VEGF placebo + drug pellet Experime~ztal Results. The compounds of the present invention are expected to demonstrate activity according to this assay.
6.3.3. Mammary Fat Pad Model Because of the established role played by mane of the RTKs, e.g., the HER2 receptor, in breast cancer,, the mammary fat pad model is particularly useful for measuring the efficacy of compounds which inhibit such RTKs. By implanting tumor cells directly into the locai:ion of interest, in situ models more accurately rei=lect the biology of tumor development than do subcutaneous models. Human mammary cell lines, including MCF--7, have been grown in the mammary fat pad of athymic mice. Shafie and Grantham, 1981, Natl. Cancer Instit. 67:51--56; Gottardis et al., 1988, J. Steroid Biochem. 30:3~~1-314. More specifically, the following procedure can be used to measure the inhibitory effect of a compound on the HER2 receptor:
- 2192i'97 1) Impl;~nt, at various concentrations, MDA-MB-231 and 1KCF-7 cells transfected with HER-2 into the axil:lary mammary fat pads of female athymic mice;
2) Administer the compound; and 3) Measure the tumor growth at various time points .
The tumora can also be analyzed for the presence of a receptor such as HER2, by Western and immunohistochemical analyses. Using techniques known in the art, one spilled in the art can vary the above procedures, four example through the use of different treatment regimes.
6.3.4. Tumor Invasion Model The :Following tumor invasion model has been developed and may be used for the evaluation of therapeutic va:Lue and efficacy of the compounds identified to :selectively inhibit KDR/FLK-1 receptor.
6.3.4.1. Procedure 8 week old nude mice (female) (Simonsen Inc.) were used as experimental animals. Implantation of tumor cells waa performed in a laminar flow hood. For anesthesia, Xy:lazine/Ketamine Cocktail (100 mg/kg ketamine and 5 mg/kg) are administered intraperitoneally.
A midline inci:~ion is done to expose the abdominal cavity (approximately 1.5 cm in length) to inject 10' tumor cells in a volume of 100 ~C1 medium. The cells are injected either into thca duodenal lobe of the pancreas or under the serosa of i~he colon. The peritoneum and muscles are closed with a ~~-0 silk continuous suture and the skin was closed by using would clips. Animals were observed daily.
6.3.4.2. Analysis 1 '~~797 After 2-6 weeks, depending on gross observations of the animals, the mice are sacrificed, and the local tumor metastases, to various organs (lung, liver, brain, stomach, spleen, heart, muscle) are excised and analyzed (measurements of tumor size, grade of invasion, immunochemistry, and in situ hybridization).
6.3.5. RESULTS
Results for various compounds obtained from the above-described in vivo assays are set forth at Table 5, below:
In v~vo Data COI~OUND EpH4-VEGF
(Example) %inhibition @ mg/kg .
27 56% @ ?5 ~
_ _ .
' . _ __ 50% @ 75 63% @ 50 22 42% @ 75 __--___ __ 42% @ 50/50 4942 46% @ 50 4?% @ 25 12 50% @ 25 ______ , ___ _____~___ 57% @ 3?.5/37.5 14 45% @ 50 65% @ 50 15 47% @ 50 65% @ 50 The present invention is not to. be limited in scope bY ~e exemplified embodiments which are intended as illustrations of single aspects of the invention, and any clones, DNA or amino acid sequences which are functionally equivalent are within the scope of the invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
Claims (15)
1. A compound of the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, or CONRR';
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein in the above definitions:
alkyl refers to a straight chain, branched or cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and optionally being substituted with one or more substituents selected from hydroxy, cyano, =O, =S, NO2, halogen, N(CH3)2, amino and -SH;
aryl refers to aromatic group which has at least one ring having a conjugated pi electron system including carbocyclic aryl, heterocyclic aryl and biaryl groups and optionally being substituted with one or more substituents selected from the halogen, trihalomethyl, hydroxyl, SH, OH, NO2, amine, thioether, cyano, alkoxy, alkyl, and amino;
alkaryl refers to an alkyl that is covalently bound to an aryl group; and alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy refer to a -O-alkyl, -O-aryl and -O-alkaryl group, respectively;
with the proviso that the following compounds are excluded:
3-(pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-2-indolinone;
3-(5-chloro-3,4-dimethylpyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-2-indolinone ;
3-(3,5-dimethyl-4-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)-2-indolinone;
3-(3,5-dimethyl-4-ethoxycarbonylpyrrol-2-yl)-2-indolinone;
3-[(1-methyl-5-nitro-imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-(thien-2-ylmethylene)-2-indolinone;
1H-indole-7-acetic acid, 3-[(2-butyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)methylene]-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-, ethyl ester;
1H-indole-7-acetic acid, 3-[[2-butyl-1-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl]methylene]-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-, ethyl ester;
5-benzoyl-3-[(imidazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
6-diethylamino-3-[(isothiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(thiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 6-nitro-3-[(pyrrole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, or CONRR';
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein in the above definitions:
alkyl refers to a straight chain, branched or cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and optionally being substituted with one or more substituents selected from hydroxy, cyano, =O, =S, NO2, halogen, N(CH3)2, amino and -SH;
aryl refers to aromatic group which has at least one ring having a conjugated pi electron system including carbocyclic aryl, heterocyclic aryl and biaryl groups and optionally being substituted with one or more substituents selected from the halogen, trihalomethyl, hydroxyl, SH, OH, NO2, amine, thioether, cyano, alkoxy, alkyl, and amino;
alkaryl refers to an alkyl that is covalently bound to an aryl group; and alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy refer to a -O-alkyl, -O-aryl and -O-alkaryl group, respectively;
with the proviso that the following compounds are excluded:
3-(pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-2-indolinone;
3-(5-chloro-3,4-dimethylpyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-2-indolinone ;
3-(3,5-dimethyl-4-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)-2-indolinone;
3-(3,5-dimethyl-4-ethoxycarbonylpyrrol-2-yl)-2-indolinone;
3-[(1-methyl-5-nitro-imidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-(thien-2-ylmethylene)-2-indolinone;
1H-indole-7-acetic acid, 3-[(2-butyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)methylene]-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-, ethyl ester;
1H-indole-7-acetic acid, 3-[[2-butyl-1-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl]methylene]-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-, ethyl ester;
5-benzoyl-3-[(imidazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
6-diethylamino-3-[(isothiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(thiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 6-nitro-3-[(pyrrole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
2. A compound of the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, or CONRR';
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein, in the above definitions, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy have the definitions as given in claim 1;
with the proviso that the following compounds are excluded:
6-diethylamino-3-[(isothiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 5-chloro-3-[(thiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, or CONRR';
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein, in the above definitions, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy have the definitions as given in claim 1;
with the proviso that the following compounds are excluded:
6-diethylamino-3-[(isothiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 5-chloro-3-[(thiazole-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone.
3. A compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,4-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(2-methylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-methylthien-2-y1)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-{[4-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone;
3-[(4,5-dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(5-methylimidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-nitro-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-(2-carboxyethyl)-4-methylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,4-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(2-methylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-methylthien-2-y1)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-{[4-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone;
3-[(4,5-dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(5-methylimidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-nitro-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-(2-carboxyethyl)-4-methylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The compound of Claim 3, wherein said compound is 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any of claims 1 to 4 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
6. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 6 wherein said pharmaceutical composition is suitable for parenteral or subcutaneous administration or is in a depot formulation.
7. Use of a compound for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating diseases related to unregulated tyrosine kinase signal transduction, said compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, or CONRR';
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein, in the above definitions, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy have the definitions as given in claim 1.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, or CONRR';
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein, in the above definitions, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy have the definitions as given in claim 1.
8. Use of a compound for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for regulating, modulating or inhibiting tyrosine kinase signal transduction, said compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR' , SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CH2) nCO2R, or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein, in the above definitions, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy have the definitions as given in claim 1.
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or alkyl;
R2 is O or S;
R3 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR', SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR', OH, CN, C(O)R, OC(O)R, NHC(O)R, (CH2)n CO2R, and CONRR';
A is a five membered heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 2-sulfonylfuran, 4-alkylfuran, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazole, 1,2,3,5-oxatriazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, 1,2,3,5-thiatriazole, and tetrazole, optionally substituted at one or more positions with alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, alkaryl, alkaryloxy, halogen, trihalomethyl, S(O)R, SO2NRR' , SO3R, SR, NO2, NRR' , OH, CN, C (O) R, OC (O) R, NHC (O) R, (CH2) nCO2R, or CONRR' ;
n is 0-3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl; and R' is H, alkyl or aryl;
wherein, in the above definitions, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy and alkaryloxy have the definitions as given in claim 1.
9. The use of claim 7 wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of cancer, blood vessel proliferative disorders, fibrotic disorders, mesangial cell proliferative disorders and metabolic diseases.
10. The use of claim 9 wherein the blood vessel proliferative disorder is selected from the group consisting of arthritis and restenosis.
11. The use of claim 9 wherein the fibrotic disorder is selected from the group consisting of hepatic cirrhosis and atherosclerosis.
12. The use of claim 9 wherein the mesangial cell proliferative disorder is selected from the group consisting of glomerulonephritis, diabetic nephropathy, malignant nephrosclerosis, thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes;
transplant rejection and glomerulopathies.
transplant rejection and glomerulopathies.
13. The use of claim 9 wherein the metabolic disease is selected from the group consisting of psoriasis, diabetes mellitus, wound healing, inflammation and neurodegenerative diseases.
14. The use of claim 7 or 8 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,4-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(2-methylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-{[4-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone;
3-[(4,5-dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(5-methylimidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-nitro-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-(2-carboxyethyl)-4-methylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3-[(3-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,4-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(2-methylthien-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-{[4-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)-3-methylpyrrol-5-yl]methylene}-2-indolinone;
3-[(4,5-dimethyl-3-ethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(5-methylimidazol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(5-methylthien-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-5-nitro-2-indolinone;
3-[(3-(2-carboxyethyl)-4-methylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
5-chloro-3-[(3,5-dimethylpyrrol-2-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone; and 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene]-2-indolinone;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
15. The use of claim 14 wherein the compound is 3-[(2,4-dimethylpyrrol-5-yl)methylene)-2-indolinone or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/485,323 | 1995-06-07 | ||
US08/485,323 US5880141A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1995-06-07 | Benzylidene-Z-indoline compounds for the treatment of disease |
PCT/US1996/008903 WO1996040116A1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1996-06-05 | Indolinone compounds for the treatment of disease |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2192797A1 CA2192797A1 (en) | 1996-12-19 |
CA2192797C true CA2192797C (en) | 2006-05-16 |
Family
ID=23927713
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002192797A Expired - Lifetime CA2192797C (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1996-06-05 | Indolinone compounds for the treatment of disease |
Country Status (20)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (9) | US5880141A (en) |
EP (2) | EP0769947B1 (en) |
JP (2) | JP3231044B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN1268333C (en) |
AR (2) | AR003088A1 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE200863T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU706597C (en) |
BR (1) | BR9606410A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2192797C (en) |
DE (2) | DE29623744U1 (en) |
DK (1) | DK0769947T3 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2159741T3 (en) |
GR (1) | GR3036315T3 (en) |
HK (2) | HK1001121A1 (en) |
HU (1) | HU226755B1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX9606401A (en) |
NO (1) | NO311355B1 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ310109A (en) |
PT (1) | PT769947E (en) |
WO (1) | WO1996040116A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (463)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6872699B2 (en) | 1992-11-13 | 2005-03-29 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Wissenschaften, E.V. | Truncated Flk-1 receptor protein, methods of use and a recombinant vector containing a nucleotide encoding the truncated Flk-1 protein |
US6177401B1 (en) | 1992-11-13 | 2001-01-23 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Forderung Der Wissenschaften | Use of organic compounds for the inhibition of Flk-1 mediated vasculogenesis and angiogenesis |
US5837815A (en) * | 1994-12-15 | 1998-11-17 | Sugen, Inc. | PYK2 related polypeptide products |
US6147106A (en) * | 1997-08-20 | 2000-11-14 | Sugen, Inc. | Indolinone combinatorial libraries and related products and methods for the treatment of disease |
US6906093B2 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2005-06-14 | Sugen, Inc. | Indolinone combinatorial libraries and related products and methods for the treatment of disease |
US6316635B1 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2001-11-13 | Sugen, Inc. | 2-indolinone derivatives as modulators of protein kinase activity |
US5880141A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1999-03-09 | Sugen, Inc. | Benzylidene-Z-indoline compounds for the treatment of disease |
US6846839B1 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2005-01-25 | Sugen, Inc. | Methods for treating diseases and disorders related to unregulated angiogenesis and/or vasculogenesis |
ATE253908T1 (en) * | 1995-08-16 | 2003-11-15 | Huntington Medical Res Inst | RHODAMINE 123 COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATMENT OF PROSTATE CANCER |
ES2201266T3 (en) * | 1996-01-17 | 2004-03-16 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Company Limited | INHIBITORS OF THE THREAT OF THE INTIMATE LAYER. |
JP3118467B2 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2000-12-18 | ファイザー インク. | Benzyl (idene) -lactam derivatives as selective (ant) agonists of 5-HT1A and / or 5-HT1D receptors, their preparation and use |
US6696448B2 (en) | 1996-06-05 | 2004-02-24 | Sugen, Inc. | 3-(piperazinylbenzylidenyl)-2-indolinone compounds and derivatives as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
US6682921B1 (en) | 1996-08-21 | 2004-01-27 | New York University | Crystals of the tyrosine kinase domain of non-insulin receptor tyrosine kinases |
EP1247803A3 (en) * | 1996-08-23 | 2002-10-16 | Sugen, Inc. | Indolinone compounds suitable for modulation of protein kinases |
AU7622698A (en) * | 1996-12-05 | 1998-06-29 | Sugen, Inc. | Use of indolinone compounds as modulators of protein kinases |
JP2001505779A (en) * | 1996-12-11 | 2001-05-08 | スージェン・インコーポレーテッド | PYK2-related products and methods |
ATE554750T1 (en) * | 1997-03-05 | 2012-05-15 | Sugen Inc | PREPARATIONS CONTAINING HYDROPHOBIC PHARMACEUTICAL ACTIVE INGREDIENTS |
AR012634A1 (en) | 1997-05-02 | 2000-11-08 | Sugen Inc | QUINAZOLINE BASED COMPOUND, FAMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS IT, METHOD TO SYNTHESIZE IT, ITS USE, METHODS OF MODULATION OF THE DESERINE / TREONIN PROTEIN-KINASE FUNCTION AND IN VITRO METHOD TO IDENTIFY COMPOUNDS THAT MODULATE |
CA2289102A1 (en) * | 1997-05-07 | 1998-11-12 | Sugen, Inc. | 2-indolinone derivatives as modulators of protein kinase activity |
US6486185B1 (en) | 1997-05-07 | 2002-11-26 | Sugen, Inc. | 3-heteroarylidene-2-indolinone protein kinase inhibitors |
US6316429B1 (en) | 1997-05-07 | 2001-11-13 | Sugen, Inc. | Bicyclic protein kinase inhibitors |
US6987113B2 (en) | 1997-06-11 | 2006-01-17 | Sugen, Inc. | Tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
US6114371A (en) * | 1997-06-20 | 2000-09-05 | Sugen, Inc. | 3-(cyclohexanoheteroarylidenyl)-2-indolinone protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
US6313158B1 (en) | 1997-06-20 | 2001-11-06 | Sugen, Inc. | Bioavailability of 3-heteroarylidenyl-2-indolinones active as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
TW527355B (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2003-04-11 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Inhibitors of farnesyl protein transferase |
US6235769B1 (en) * | 1997-07-03 | 2001-05-22 | Sugen, Inc. | Methods of preventing and treating neurological disorders with compounds that modulate the function of the C-RET receptor protein tyrosine kinase |
GB9716557D0 (en) * | 1997-08-06 | 1997-10-08 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Benzylidene-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivatives having anti-cancer activity |
US20040067531A1 (en) * | 1997-08-20 | 2004-04-08 | Sugen, Inc. | Methods of modulating protein tyrosine kinase function with substituted indolinone compounds |
ATE368665T1 (en) | 1997-08-22 | 2007-08-15 | Astrazeneca Ab | OXINDOLYLQUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES AS ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITORS |
GB9718913D0 (en) | 1997-09-05 | 1997-11-12 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Substituted oxindole derivatives |
US6133305A (en) | 1997-09-26 | 2000-10-17 | Sugen, Inc. | 3-(substituted)-2-indolinones compounds and use thereof as inhibitors of protein kinase activity |
WO1999016438A1 (en) * | 1997-09-26 | 1999-04-08 | Asta Medica Aktiengesellschaft | Azabenzimidazole-based compounds for modulating serine/threonine protein kinase function |
UA71555C2 (en) | 1997-10-06 | 2004-12-15 | Zentaris Gmbh | Methods for modulating function of serine/threonine protein kinases by 5-azaquinoline derivatives |
US20030219380A1 (en) * | 1997-11-07 | 2003-11-27 | Annie Fong | Method of determining an efficacious dose of a drug |
US7494816B2 (en) | 1997-12-22 | 2009-02-24 | Roche Diagnostic Operations, Inc. | System and method for determining a temperature during analyte measurement |
US8071384B2 (en) * | 1997-12-22 | 2011-12-06 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Control and calibration solutions and methods for their use |
US6531502B1 (en) | 1998-01-21 | 2003-03-11 | Sugen, Inc. | 3-Methylidenyl-2-indolinone modulators of protein kinase |
JP2002507598A (en) * | 1998-03-26 | 2002-03-12 | スージェン・インコーポレーテッド | A family of heterocyclic compounds for regulating tyrosine protein kinase |
US6514981B1 (en) | 1998-04-02 | 2003-02-04 | Sugen, Inc. | Methods of modulating tyrosine protein kinase function with indolinone compounds |
DE19816624A1 (en) * | 1998-04-15 | 1999-10-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | Novel substituted indolinones, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US6569868B2 (en) | 1998-04-16 | 2003-05-27 | Sugen, Inc. | 2-indolinone derivatives as modulators of protein kinase activity |
HUP0103617A2 (en) * | 1998-05-29 | 2002-02-28 | Sugen, Inc. | Pyrrole substituted 2-indolinone protein kinase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and their use |
US6319918B1 (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2001-11-20 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Kg | Substituted indolinones with kinase inhibitory activity |
DE19824922A1 (en) * | 1998-06-04 | 1999-12-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | Novel substituted indolinones, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
WO2000012084A1 (en) | 1998-08-31 | 2000-03-09 | Sugen, Inc. | Geometrically restricted 2-indolinone derivatives as modulators of protein kinase activity |
YU21301A (en) * | 1998-09-25 | 2003-04-30 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharama Gmbh. & Co. Kg. | Novel substituted indolinones with an inhibitory effect on various kinases and cyclin/cdk complexes |
US6153634A (en) * | 1998-12-17 | 2000-11-28 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | 4,5-azolo-oxindoles |
EP1149093A1 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2001-10-31 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | 4-aryloxindoles as inhibitors of jnk protein kinases |
CN1147486C (en) * | 1998-12-17 | 2004-04-28 | 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 | 4-and 5-alkynyloxindoles and 4-and 5-alkenyloxindoles |
BR9916327A (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2001-09-18 | Hoffmann La Roche | 4-alkenyl (and alkynyl) oxindols as inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinases, in particular, cdk2 |
ATE387448T1 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2008-03-15 | Hoffmann La Roche | 4,5-PYRAZINOXINDOLES AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS |
US20030119895A1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2003-06-26 | Pharmacia Corporation | Methods using a combination of a 3-heteroaryl-2-indolinone and a cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor for the treatment of neoplasia |
US6861442B1 (en) * | 1998-12-30 | 2005-03-01 | Sugen, Inc. | PYK2 and inflammation |
EP1630559A3 (en) * | 1998-12-30 | 2006-06-07 | Sugen, Inc. | PYK2 (RAFTK) and inflammation |
AU760964B2 (en) * | 1998-12-31 | 2003-05-22 | Sugen, Inc. | 3-heteroarylidenyl-2-indolinone compounds for modulating protein kinase activityand for use in cancer chemotherapy |
US6972182B1 (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2005-12-06 | Cyclacel, Ltd. | Methods and compositions using coiled binding partners |
US6656696B2 (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2003-12-02 | Cyclacel | Compositions and methods for monitoring the phosphorylation of natural binding partners |
US6828106B2 (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2004-12-07 | Cyclacel Limited | Methods and compositions using coiled binding partners |
US6670144B1 (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2003-12-30 | Cyclacel, Ltd. | Compositions and methods for monitoring the phosphorylation of natural binding partners |
GB9904933D0 (en) | 1999-03-04 | 1999-04-28 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Compounds |
US6492398B1 (en) | 1999-03-04 | 2002-12-10 | Smithkline Beechman Corporation | Thiazoloindolinone compounds |
US6624171B1 (en) | 1999-03-04 | 2003-09-23 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Substituted aza-oxindole derivatives |
US7064114B2 (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2006-06-20 | Parker Hughes Institute | Gel-microemulsion formulations |
US7226991B1 (en) * | 1999-03-23 | 2007-06-05 | United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Phenylalanine derivatives |
WO2000056760A1 (en) * | 1999-03-23 | 2000-09-28 | The United States Of America, Represented By Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Phenylalanine derivatives |
JP2002540096A (en) * | 1999-03-24 | 2002-11-26 | スージェン・インコーポレーテッド | Indolinone compounds as kinase inhibitors |
US6689806B1 (en) | 1999-03-24 | 2004-02-10 | Sugen, Inc. | Indolinone compounds as kinase inhibitors |
AU5003200A (en) | 1999-05-14 | 2000-12-05 | United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs, The | Isolation and characterization of epidermal growth factor related protein |
US7049410B2 (en) * | 1999-05-14 | 2006-05-23 | Majumdar Adhip P N | Antibodies to a novel EGF-receptor related protein (ERRP) |
UA75054C2 (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2006-03-15 | Бьорінгер Інгельхайм Фарма Гмбх & Ко. Кг | Substituted in position 6 indolinones, producing and use thereof as medicament |
US6762180B1 (en) | 1999-10-13 | 2004-07-13 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Kg | Substituted indolines which inhibit receptor tyrosine kinases |
DE19949209A1 (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2001-04-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | 5-substituted indolinones, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals |
JP2003512838A (en) * | 1999-10-22 | 2003-04-08 | ファルマシア・アンド・アップジョン・カンパニー | Drosophila G-protein coupled receptors, nucleic acids, and related methods. |
US7364866B2 (en) * | 1999-10-22 | 2008-04-29 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Drosophila G protein coupled receptors, nucleic acids, and methods related to the same |
US7871981B2 (en) * | 1999-10-22 | 2011-01-18 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Inhibition of cell motility, angiogenesis, and metastasis |
US20030162223A1 (en) * | 1999-10-22 | 2003-08-28 | Lowery David E. | Drosophila G protein coupled receptors, nucleic acids, and methods related to the same |
DE60034959T2 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2008-01-17 | The Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | INHIBITIONS OF CELL MUTILITY AND ANGIOGENESIS WITH GRB2 SH2 DOMAIN INHIBITORS |
UA74803C2 (en) | 1999-11-11 | 2006-02-15 | Осі Фармасьютікалз, Інк. | A stable polymorph of n-(3-ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyetoxy)-4-quinazolinamine hydrochloride, a method for producing thereof (variants) and pharmaceutical use |
US20030082534A1 (en) * | 1999-11-16 | 2003-05-01 | Peter Lind | Novel G protein-coupled receptors |
CA2388865A1 (en) * | 1999-11-16 | 2001-05-25 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Novel g protein-coupled receptors |
US8682005B2 (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2014-03-25 | Gentex Corporation | Vehicle accessory microphone |
ATE330818T1 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2006-07-15 | Donnelly Corp | REARVIEW MIRROR WITH USEFUL FUNCTION |
WO2001037820A2 (en) * | 1999-11-24 | 2001-05-31 | Sugen, Inc. | Ionizable indolinone derivatives and their use as ptk ligands |
US6878733B1 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2005-04-12 | Sugen, Inc. | Formulations for pharmaceutical agents ionizable as free acids or free bases |
US6313310B1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2001-11-06 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | 4-and 5-alkynyloxindoles and 4-and 5-alkenyloxindoles |
CA2395461C (en) | 1999-12-22 | 2010-05-25 | Sugen, Inc. | Methods of modulating c-kit tyrosine kinase function with indolinone compounds |
US6339100B1 (en) * | 1999-12-29 | 2002-01-15 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Methods for inhibiting mastocytosis |
EP1259234B9 (en) * | 1999-12-30 | 2007-02-14 | Sugen, Inc. | 3-heteroarylidenyl-2-indolinone compounds for modulating protein kinase activity and for use in cancer chemotherapy |
CA2399358C (en) * | 2000-02-15 | 2006-03-21 | Sugen, Inc. | Pyrrole substituted 2-indolinone protein kinase inhibitors |
US6620818B1 (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2003-09-16 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Method for reducing the severity of side effects of chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy |
MY128450A (en) | 2000-05-24 | 2007-02-28 | Upjohn Co | 1-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-3-(pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene)-2-indolinone derivatives |
EP1294688A2 (en) * | 2000-06-02 | 2003-03-26 | Sugen, Inc. | Indolinone derivatives as protein kinase/phosphatase inhibitors |
GB0016454D0 (en) | 2000-07-04 | 2000-08-23 | Hoffmann La Roche | Thienopyrrolidinones |
US7425537B2 (en) * | 2000-08-22 | 2008-09-16 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | SH2 domain binding inhibitors |
EP1383792A2 (en) * | 2000-08-22 | 2004-01-28 | THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, as represented by THE SECRETARY, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES | Sh2 domain binding inhibitors |
US20030133972A1 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2003-07-17 | Targesome, Inc. | Targeted multivalent macromolecules |
US20030129223A1 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2003-07-10 | Targesome, Inc. | Targeted multivalent macromolecules |
ES2318649T3 (en) * | 2000-10-20 | 2009-05-01 | EISAI R&D MANAGEMENT CO., LTD. | PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION OF DERIVATIVES OF 4-FENOXI QUINOLINAS. |
PE20020572A1 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2002-07-31 | Centro Inmunologia Molecular | PREPARATIONS TO ENHANCE THE IMMUNOGENICITY OF UNIMMUNOGENIC ANTIGENS |
JP2004518669A (en) | 2000-12-20 | 2004-06-24 | スージェン・インコーポレーテッド | 4-Aryl substituted indolinone |
EP1349614A2 (en) * | 2001-01-03 | 2003-10-08 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Compounds regulating cell proliferation and differentiation |
AR032028A1 (en) | 2001-01-05 | 2003-10-22 | Pfizer | ANTIBODIES AGAINST THE RECEIVER OF THE SIMILAR TO INSULIN GROWTH FACTOR |
US6504034B2 (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2003-01-07 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Naphthostyrils |
US20050069976A1 (en) * | 2001-02-14 | 2005-03-31 | Peter Lind | Protein-coupled receptor |
AR042586A1 (en) * | 2001-02-15 | 2005-06-29 | Sugen Inc | 3- (4-AMIDOPIRROL-2-ILMETILIDEN) -2-INDOLINONE AS INHIBITORS OF PROTEIN KINASE; YOUR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS; A METHOD FOR THE MODULATION OF THE CATALYTIC ACTIVITY OF PROTEINQUINASE; A METHOD TO TREAT OR PREVENT AN AFFECTION RELATED TO PROTEINQUINASE |
PT3351246T (en) | 2001-02-19 | 2019-06-07 | Novartis Pharma Ag | Rapamycin derivative for the treatment of a solid tumor associated with deregulated angiogenesis |
FR2821358B1 (en) * | 2001-02-27 | 2006-04-07 | Aventis Pharma Sa | OXINDOLES INHIBITORS OF CDK-1 AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION |
JP2004529110A (en) * | 2001-03-06 | 2004-09-24 | アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ | Indole derivatives with vascular damage activity |
FR2822155B1 (en) * | 2001-03-13 | 2003-12-12 | Aventis Pharma Sa | COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM OXINDOLES AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION IN CANCEROLOGY |
SE0101230L (en) * | 2001-04-06 | 2002-10-07 | Innoventus Project Ab | New use of a tyrosine kinase inhibitor |
WO2002081466A1 (en) * | 2001-04-09 | 2002-10-17 | Sugen, Inc. | Prodrugs of 3-(pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene)-2-indolinone derivatives |
PL392652A1 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2010-12-06 | Novartis Ag | A combination consisting of N-{5-[4-(4-methyl-piperazine-methyl)-benzoiloamido]-2-methylphenyl} -4-(3-pyridyl)-2-pyrimidine-amine and the chemotherapeutic agent, the use thereof, pharmaceutical composition containing thereof a kit containing such a combination |
US6599902B2 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2003-07-29 | Sugen, Inc. | 5-aralkysufonyl-3-(pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene)-2-indolinone derivatives as kinase inhibitors |
WO2003000194A2 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2003-01-03 | Pfizer Inc. | Thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine anticancer agents |
DE60212627T2 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2007-06-14 | Ab Science | Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
EP1401413B1 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2006-11-22 | AB Science | Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitions for treating allergic diseases |
JP2005500041A (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2005-01-06 | アブ サイエンス | Potent, selective and non-toxic C-KIT inhibitor |
DE60227709D1 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2008-08-28 | Ab Science | THE USE OF C-CRITERIA FOR THE TREATMENT OF AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES |
JP2004537542A (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2004-12-16 | アブ サイエンス | Use of a tyrosine kinase inhibitor for treating inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) |
CA2452366A1 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2003-01-16 | Ab Science | Use of potent, selective and non toxic c-kit inhibitors for treating tumor angiogenesis |
DE10134196B4 (en) * | 2001-07-13 | 2005-08-18 | Forschungszentrum Karlsruhe Gmbh Technik Und Umwelt | A pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting the uncontrolled proliferation and / or induction of cell apoptosis |
TWI315982B (en) | 2001-07-19 | 2009-10-21 | Novartis Ag | Combinations comprising epothilones and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
AR038957A1 (en) * | 2001-08-15 | 2005-02-02 | Pharmacia Corp | COMBINATION THERAPY FOR CANCER TREATMENT |
RS53251B (en) * | 2001-08-15 | 2014-08-29 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc | Crystals including a malic acid salt of n-[2-(diethylamino) ethyl]-5-[(5-fluoro-2-oxo-3h-indole-3-ylidene)methyl]-2,4- dimethyl-1h-pyrrole-3-carboxamide, processes for its preparation and compositions thereof |
WO2003039550A1 (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2003-05-15 | Ab Science | Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for whitening human skin and treating melanocyte dysfunction associated diseases |
WO2003024386A2 (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2003-03-27 | Ab Science | Use of potent, selective and non toxic c-kit inhibitors for treating interstitial cystitis |
CA2461182A1 (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2003-05-01 | Ab Science | Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for promoting hair growth |
WO2003027102A1 (en) * | 2001-09-27 | 2003-04-03 | Allergan, Inc. | 3-(arylamino)methylene-1, 3-dihydro-2h-indol-2-ones as kinase inhibitors |
US6559173B1 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2003-05-06 | Allergan, Inc. | 3-(heteroarylamino)methylene-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-ones as kinase inhibitors |
JP2005508953A (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2005-04-07 | スージェン・インコーポレーテッド | 3- [4- (Substituted heterocyclyl) -pyrrol-2-ylmethylidene] -2-indolinone derivatives as kinase inhibitors |
AR039067A1 (en) * | 2001-11-09 | 2005-02-09 | Pfizer Prod Inc | ANTIBODIES FOR CD40 |
BR0214357A (en) * | 2001-11-21 | 2004-09-14 | Sugen Inc | Pharmaceutical formulations comprising indolinone derivatives |
US6797825B2 (en) | 2001-12-13 | 2004-09-28 | Abbott Laboratories | Protein kinase inhibitors |
US20030187026A1 (en) | 2001-12-13 | 2003-10-02 | Qun Li | Kinase inhibitors |
PE20030701A1 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2003-08-21 | Schering Corp | COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS |
AU2002360753B2 (en) | 2001-12-27 | 2008-08-21 | Theravance, Inc. | Indolinone derivatives useful as protein kinase inhibitors |
MXPA04006614A (en) * | 2002-01-07 | 2004-10-04 | Eisai Co Ltd | Deazapurines and uses thereof. |
PT1478380E (en) * | 2002-02-27 | 2006-12-29 | Ab Science | Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for treating cns disorders |
MXPA04008403A (en) * | 2002-03-01 | 2004-11-26 | Pfizer | iNDOLYL-UREA DERIVATIVES OF THIENOPYRIDINES USEFUL AS ANTI-ANGIOGENIC AGENTS. |
GB0206215D0 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2002-05-01 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
NZ534842A (en) * | 2002-04-03 | 2007-02-23 | Allergan Inc | (3Z)-3-(3-hydro-isobenzofuran-1-ylidene)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-ones as kinase inhibitors |
US6541504B1 (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2003-04-01 | Allergan Sales, Llc | (3Z)-3-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylidene)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-ones as kinase inhibitors |
EP1944026B1 (en) | 2002-05-16 | 2013-06-26 | Novartis AG | Use of EDG receptor binding agents in cancer |
UA77303C2 (en) * | 2002-06-14 | 2006-11-15 | Pfizer | Derivatives of thienopyridines substituted by benzocondensed heteroarylamide useful as therapeutic agents, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for their use |
US20060166982A1 (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2006-07-27 | Danilo Giribone | Isotopically labelly indlinone derivatives and process for their preparation |
BRPI0313165B8 (en) | 2002-08-02 | 2021-05-25 | Ab Science | 2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors |
US8450302B2 (en) * | 2002-08-02 | 2013-05-28 | Ab Science | 2-(3-aminoaryl) amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors |
US20050032871A1 (en) * | 2002-09-03 | 2005-02-10 | Sugen, Inc. | Sulfonylated pyrrole-2-indolinone derivatives as kinase inhibitors |
US7626031B2 (en) * | 2002-11-15 | 2009-12-01 | Symphony Evolution, Inc. | Substituted 3-(diarylmethylene)indolin-2-ones and methods of their use |
WO2004048525A2 (en) * | 2002-11-21 | 2004-06-10 | Genentech, Inc. | Therapy of non-malignant diseases or disorders with anti-erbb2 antibodies |
US6699863B1 (en) | 2002-11-27 | 2004-03-02 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
US6747025B1 (en) * | 2002-11-27 | 2004-06-08 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
US20040186160A1 (en) * | 2002-12-13 | 2004-09-23 | Sugen, Inc. | Hexahydro-cyclohepta-pyrrole oxindole as potent kinase inhibitors |
JP3814285B2 (en) * | 2002-12-19 | 2006-08-23 | ファイザー・インク | 2- (1H-indazol-6-ylamino) -benzamide compounds as protein kinase inhibitors useful in the treatment of eye diseases |
US20040138104A1 (en) * | 2003-01-14 | 2004-07-15 | The Government Of The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary, | Peptides |
ITRM20030074A1 (en) * | 2003-02-21 | 2004-08-22 | Pharmacia Italia Spa | SEMI-SOLID FORMULATIONS WITH IMMEDIATE RELEASE AGREEMENTS |
GEP20084341B (en) | 2003-02-26 | 2008-03-25 | Sugen Inc | Aminoheteroaryl compounds as protein kinase inhibitors |
US20040266843A1 (en) * | 2003-03-07 | 2004-12-30 | Sugen, Inc. | Sulfonamide substituted indolinones as inhibitors of DNA dependent protein kinase (DNA-PK) |
US7157577B2 (en) * | 2003-03-07 | 2007-01-02 | Sugen Inc. | 5-sulfonamido-substituted indolinone compounds as protein kinase inhibitors |
US7994159B2 (en) * | 2003-03-10 | 2011-08-09 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | c-Kit kinase inhibitor |
BRPI0409230A (en) * | 2003-04-03 | 2006-03-28 | Pfizer | dosage forms comprising ag013736 |
MY150088A (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2013-11-29 | Irm Llc | Immunosuppressant compounds and compositions |
CA2524048C (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2013-06-25 | Irm Llc | Immunosuppressant compounds and compositions |
JP5105874B2 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2012-12-26 | アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド | Specific binding factor for hepatocyte growth factor |
DE10334582A1 (en) * | 2003-07-28 | 2005-02-24 | Basf Ag | Maleic anhydride production by VPO-catalyzed gas-phase oxidation of n- butane involves setting the n-butane and oxygen content levels in a pressure- controlled feed to reduce risk of explosions |
HN2004000285A (en) * | 2003-08-04 | 2006-04-27 | Pfizer Prod Inc | ANTIBODIES DIRECTED TO c-MET |
BRPI0413281A (en) * | 2003-08-06 | 2006-10-10 | Sugen Inc | Geometrically restricted 3-cyclopentylidene-1,3, dihydroindol-2-ones as potent protein kinase inhibitors |
EP1653934B1 (en) * | 2003-08-15 | 2008-05-14 | AB Science | Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating type ii diabetes |
CA2536788A1 (en) * | 2003-08-29 | 2005-03-10 | Pfizer Inc. | Naphthalene carboxamides and their derivatives useful as new anti-angiogenic agents |
DE602004017479D1 (en) * | 2003-08-29 | 2008-12-11 | Pfizer | THIENOPYRIDINPHENYLACETAMIDES SUITED AS NEW ANTIANGIOGENIC AGENTS AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF |
AR045563A1 (en) * | 2003-09-10 | 2005-11-02 | Warner Lambert Co | ANTIBODIES DIRECTED TO M-CSF |
US20050119163A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2005-06-02 | The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, | SH2 domain binding inhibitors |
JP4971797B2 (en) * | 2003-10-23 | 2012-07-11 | アブ サイエンス | 2-Aminoaryloxazole compounds as tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
MXPA06004438A (en) * | 2003-10-24 | 2006-06-20 | Schering Ag | Indolinone derivatives and their use in treating disease-states such as cancer. |
CN101337930B (en) * | 2003-11-11 | 2010-09-08 | 卫材R&D管理有限公司 | Urea derivative preparation process |
WO2005051919A1 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2005-06-09 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Aminopyrazole derivatives as gsk-3 inhibitors |
EP1696906A1 (en) * | 2003-12-16 | 2006-09-06 | Leo Pharma A/S | Novel therapeutic use of indolinone derivatives |
BRPI0418102A (en) * | 2003-12-23 | 2007-04-27 | Pfizer | quinoline derivatives |
WO2005073366A1 (en) * | 2004-01-30 | 2005-08-11 | Lifecord Inc. | Method for isolating and culturing multipotent progenitor/stem cells from umbilical cord blood and method for inducing differentiation thereof |
US20060035907A1 (en) * | 2004-02-23 | 2006-02-16 | Christensen James G | Methods of treating abnormal cell growth using c-MET and m-TOR inhibitors |
DE102004012070A1 (en) * | 2004-03-12 | 2005-09-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | New cycloalkyl-containing 5-acylindolinones, their preparation and their use as medicaments |
BRPI0509580A (en) * | 2004-03-30 | 2007-11-27 | Pfizer Prod Inc | signal transduction inhibitor combinations |
US7771742B2 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2010-08-10 | Allergan, Inc. | Sustained release intraocular implants containing tyrosine kinase inhibitors and related methods |
US8455656B2 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2013-06-04 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors |
BRPI0510485A (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2007-11-13 | Allergan Inc | biodegradable intravitreal tyrosine kinase inhibitor implants |
GB0512324D0 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2005-07-27 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
CA2571421A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-05 | Nicholas Valiante | Compounds for immunopotentiation |
CA2573821A1 (en) * | 2004-07-16 | 2006-01-26 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Combination treatment for non-hematologic malignancies using an anti-igf-1r antibody |
JP2008510792A (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2008-04-10 | ファイザー・インク | Amino heteroaryl compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
ATE463486T1 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2010-04-15 | Pfizer | ENANTIOMER PURE AMINOHETEROARYL COMPOUNDS AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS |
CN101018780B (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2012-01-11 | 辉瑞大药厂 | Pyrazole-substituted aminoheteroaryl compounds as protein kinase inhibitors |
EP2364699A1 (en) | 2004-09-13 | 2011-09-14 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Joint use of sulfonamide based compound with angiogenesis inhibitor |
US8772269B2 (en) * | 2004-09-13 | 2014-07-08 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Use of sulfonamide-including compounds in combination with angiogenesis inhibitors |
US8969379B2 (en) * | 2004-09-17 | 2015-03-03 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Pharmaceutical compositions of 4-(3-chloro-4-(cyclopropylaminocarbonyl)aminophenoxy)-7=methoxy-6-quinolinecarboxide |
GB0423043D0 (en) * | 2004-10-16 | 2004-11-17 | Astrazeneca Ab | Compounds |
US20060107555A1 (en) * | 2004-11-09 | 2006-05-25 | Curtis Marc D | Universal snow plow adapter |
CA2589501A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-22 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Indolinones and their use as antiproliferative agents |
PE20060777A1 (en) | 2004-12-24 | 2006-10-06 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | INDOLINONE DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF FIBROTIC DISEASES |
NZ561215A (en) | 2005-02-22 | 2010-12-24 | Univ Michigan | Small molecule inhibitors of MDM2 and uses thereof |
NZ562453A (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2010-04-30 | Agensys Inc | Antibodies and related molecules that bind to 161P2F10B proteins |
MX2007012392A (en) * | 2005-04-04 | 2007-12-05 | Ab Science | Substituted oxazole derivatives and their use as tyrosine kinase inhibitors. |
BRPI0608096A2 (en) | 2005-04-26 | 2009-11-10 | Pfizer | p-cadherin antibodies |
GB0510390D0 (en) | 2005-05-20 | 2005-06-29 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
US7309787B2 (en) * | 2005-07-13 | 2007-12-18 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors |
US7749530B2 (en) | 2005-07-13 | 2010-07-06 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors |
EP1902024B1 (en) | 2005-07-13 | 2013-04-17 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors |
WO2007008895A1 (en) * | 2005-07-13 | 2007-01-18 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors |
US20100105031A1 (en) * | 2005-08-01 | 2010-04-29 | Esai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | Method for prediction of the efficacy of vascularization inhibitor |
WO2007015578A1 (en) | 2005-08-02 | 2007-02-08 | Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | Method for assay on the effect of vascularization inhibitor |
EP1938842A4 (en) * | 2005-09-01 | 2013-01-09 | Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd | Method for preparation of pharmaceutical composition having improved disintegradability |
UA94060C2 (en) | 2005-09-07 | 2011-04-11 | Эмджен Фримонт Инк. | Monoclonal antibodies that specifically binds alk-1 |
WO2007035744A1 (en) | 2005-09-20 | 2007-03-29 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biological markers predictive of anti-cancer response to insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor kinase inhibitors |
AR058065A1 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2008-01-23 | Novartis Ag | CARBOXYAMINE COMPOUNDS AND USE OF THE SAME PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS. |
WO2007052849A1 (en) * | 2005-11-07 | 2007-05-10 | Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | USE OF COMBINATION OF ANTI-ANGIOGENIC SUBSTANCE AND c-kit KINASE INHIBITOR |
CA2629245C (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2016-07-12 | Novartis Ag | Neuroendocrine tumor treatment |
US20090247576A1 (en) * | 2005-11-22 | 2009-10-01 | Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | Anti-tumor agent for multiple myeloma |
JO2660B1 (en) | 2006-01-20 | 2012-06-17 | نوفارتيس ايه جي | PI-3 Kinase inhibitors and methods of their use |
US8338415B2 (en) * | 2006-01-24 | 2012-12-25 | Allergan, Inc. | Substituted 3-(5-membered unsaturated heterocyclyl-1, 3-dihydro-indol-2-one's and derivatives thereof as kinase inhibitors |
PE20070978A1 (en) * | 2006-02-14 | 2007-11-15 | Novartis Ag | HETEROCICLIC COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF PHOSPHATIDYLINOSITOL 3-KINASES (PI3Ks) |
AU2007224020A1 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2007-09-13 | Array Biopharma Inc. | Heterobicyclic pyrazole compounds and methods of use |
US7977351B2 (en) | 2006-03-22 | 2011-07-12 | Allergan, Inc. | Heteroaryl dihydroindolones as kinase inhibitors |
CN101415409B (en) | 2006-04-05 | 2012-12-05 | 诺瓦提斯公司 | Combinations of therapeutic agents for treating cancer |
TW200808739A (en) * | 2006-04-06 | 2008-02-16 | Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic | Quinazolines for PDK1 inhibition |
CN101472915A (en) | 2006-04-19 | 2009-07-01 | 诺瓦提斯公司 | Indazole compounds and methods for inhibition of CDC7 |
EA200802058A1 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2009-06-30 | Пфайзер Продактс Инк. | DERIVATIVES OF CYCLO-ALKYLAMINO ACIDS AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS |
CN101443002B (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2012-03-21 | 诺瓦提斯公司 | Combination comprising an iron chelator and an anti-neoplastic agent and use thereof |
CA2652442C (en) * | 2006-05-18 | 2014-12-09 | Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | Antitumor agent for thyroid cancer |
CA2655128A1 (en) * | 2006-06-08 | 2007-12-21 | Array Biopharma Inc. | Quinoline compounds and methods of use |
GB0612721D0 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2006-08-09 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
JPWO2008001956A1 (en) * | 2006-06-29 | 2009-12-03 | エーザイ・アール・アンド・ディー・マネジメント株式会社 | Liver fibrosis treatment |
US8217177B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2012-07-10 | Amgen Inc. | Fused heterocyclic derivatives and methods of use |
PE20121506A1 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2012-11-26 | Amgen Inc | TRIAZOLOPYRIDINE COMPOUNDS AS C-MET INHIBITORS |
US8246966B2 (en) * | 2006-08-07 | 2012-08-21 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Trypanosome microsome system and uses thereof |
US8034957B2 (en) * | 2006-08-11 | 2011-10-11 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors |
KR101472600B1 (en) * | 2006-08-28 | 2014-12-15 | 에자이 알앤드디 매니지먼트 가부시키가이샤 | Antitumor agent for undifferentiated gastric cancer |
WO2008037477A1 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Novartis Ag | Pyrazolopyrimidines as p13k lipid kinase inhibitors |
WO2008066626A2 (en) * | 2006-10-25 | 2008-06-05 | The Rockefeller University | METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF Aβ RELATED DISORDERS AND COMPOSITIONS THEREFOR |
US8143410B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2012-03-27 | Allergan, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors |
US8558002B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2013-10-15 | Allergan, Inc. | Sulfoximines as kinase inhibitors |
CA2669704A1 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2008-05-22 | Allergan, Inc. | Sulfoximines as kinase inhibitors |
CA2669531A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-06-05 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Tyrosine kinase inhibitors as anti-kinetolastid and anti-apicomplexan agents |
SG177225A1 (en) * | 2006-12-01 | 2012-01-30 | Agency Science Tech & Res | Cancer-related protein kinases |
CA2676796C (en) * | 2007-01-29 | 2016-02-23 | Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | Composition for treatment of undifferentiated gastric cancer |
US9187485B2 (en) * | 2007-02-02 | 2015-11-17 | Baylor College Of Medicine | Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer and related hyperproliferative disorders |
CN101626758A (en) | 2007-02-15 | 2010-01-13 | 诺瓦提斯公司 | Combinations of therapeutic agents for treating cancer |
WO2008103277A2 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2008-08-28 | Amgen Inc. | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl ketones and their use as c-met inhibitors |
WO2008127707A1 (en) * | 2007-04-13 | 2008-10-23 | Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Receptor tyrosine kinase profiling |
JP5926487B2 (en) | 2007-04-13 | 2016-05-25 | デイナ ファーバー キャンサー インスティチュート,インコーポレイテッド | Method for treating cancer resistant to ErbB therapy |
US7825143B2 (en) * | 2007-07-10 | 2010-11-02 | Montana State University - Billings | Method for controlling the yeast-to-filamentous growth transition in fungi |
CL2008002444A1 (en) | 2007-08-21 | 2009-09-04 | Amgen Inc | Antibody or fragment thereof that binds to human c-fms protein; nucleic acid molecule that encodes it; vector and host cell; production method; pharmaceutical composition comprising it; and its use to treat or prevent a condition associated with c-fms in a patient. |
WO2009060945A1 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2009-05-14 | Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | Combination of anti-angiogenic substance and anti-tumor platinum complex |
CN101952282A (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2011-01-19 | 诺瓦提斯公司 | Thiazole derivatives used as PI 3 kinase inhibitors |
CN101970426A (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2011-02-09 | 大学健康网络 | Indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzotriazolyl substituted indolmone derivatives as kinase inhibitors useful in the treatment of cancer |
WO2009092052A2 (en) | 2008-01-18 | 2009-07-23 | Massachusetts Eye And Ear Infirmary | Methods and compositions for treating polyps |
AU2009210098B2 (en) * | 2008-01-29 | 2013-06-13 | Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. | Combined use of angiogenesis inhibitor and taxane |
US8232402B2 (en) | 2008-03-12 | 2012-07-31 | Link Medicine Corporation | Quinolinone farnesyl transferase inhibitors for the treatment of synucleinopathies and other indications |
EP2260020B1 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2014-07-23 | Novartis AG | Hydroxamate-based inhibitors of deacetylases b |
ES2537529T3 (en) * | 2008-06-05 | 2015-06-09 | Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. | Novel modulators of protein kinase signaling |
CN102137866A (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2011-07-27 | 赛林药物股份有限公司 | Oxindole compounds |
US20100029491A1 (en) * | 2008-07-11 | 2010-02-04 | Maike Schmidt | Methods and compositions for diagnostic use for tumor treatment |
WO2010011349A2 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Supergen, Inc. | Pyrimidine-2,4-diamine jak2 kinase inhibiting anti-inflammation use |
US8993615B2 (en) * | 2008-08-08 | 2015-03-31 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compositions and methods for treatment of neurodegenerative disease |
TW201012935A (en) * | 2008-08-29 | 2010-04-01 | Genentech Inc | Diagnostics and treatments for VEGF-independent tumors |
WO2010044753A1 (en) * | 2008-10-14 | 2010-04-22 | National University Of Singapore | Novel benzylidene-indolinone and their medical and diagnostic uses |
CA2737597C (en) | 2008-10-16 | 2017-03-14 | University Of Pittsburgh-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Fully human antibodies to high molecular weight-melanoma associated antigen and uses thereof |
EP2344161B1 (en) | 2008-10-16 | 2018-12-19 | Celator Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combinations of a liposomal water-soluble camptothecin with cetuximab or bevacizumab |
CA2743717A1 (en) | 2008-11-13 | 2010-05-20 | Link Medicine Corporation | Azaquinolinone derivatives and uses thereof |
US20100222371A1 (en) * | 2008-11-20 | 2010-09-02 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Prevention of surgical adhesions |
JP2012512884A (en) | 2008-12-18 | 2012-06-07 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Novel polymorphic form of 1- (4- {1-[(E) -4-cyclohexyl-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxyimino] -ethyl} -2-ethyl-benzyl) -azetidine-3-carboxylic acid |
DK2676953T3 (en) | 2008-12-18 | 2017-07-03 | Novartis Ag | Hemifumarate salt of 1- [4- [1- (4-cyclohexyl-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxyimino) -ethyl] -2-ethyl-benzyl] -acetidine-3-carboxylic acid for use in the treatment of lymphocyte-mediated diseases |
MX2011006622A (en) | 2008-12-18 | 2011-07-12 | Novartis Ag | New salts. |
DK2391366T3 (en) | 2009-01-29 | 2013-01-07 | Novartis Ag | Substituted benzimidazoles for the treatment of astrocytomas |
SG172857A1 (en) | 2009-02-09 | 2011-08-29 | Supergen Inc | Pyrrolopyrimidinyl axl kinase inhibitors |
US20120189641A1 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2012-07-26 | OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC | Combination anti-cancer therapy |
WO2010099137A2 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2010-09-02 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | In situ methods for monitoring the emt status of tumor cells in vivo |
WO2010099138A2 (en) | 2009-02-27 | 2010-09-02 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation |
US20100222381A1 (en) | 2009-02-27 | 2010-09-02 | Hariprasad Vankayalapati | Cyclopentathiophene/cyclohexathiophene DNA methyltransferase inhibitors |
WO2010099363A1 (en) | 2009-02-27 | 2010-09-02 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation |
JP2012519282A (en) | 2009-02-27 | 2012-08-23 | オーエスアイ・ファーマシューティカルズ,エルエルシー | Methods for identifying mesenchymal tumor cells or agents that inhibit their production |
EP2417127B1 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2014-02-26 | University Health Network | Kinase inhibitors and method of treating cancer with same |
JPWO2010131460A1 (en) | 2009-05-12 | 2012-11-01 | 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 | Anti-tumor agent containing tegafur, gimeracil and oteracil potassium and oxaliplatin |
DK2445903T3 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2014-06-23 | Novartis Ag | 1,3-Disubstituted imidazolidin-2-one derivatives as CYP17 inhibitors |
US8293753B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2012-10-23 | Novartis Ag | Substituted 2-carboxamide cycloamino ureas |
SG10201510152RA (en) | 2009-07-13 | 2016-01-28 | Genentech Inc | Diagnostic methods and compositions for treatment of cancer |
WO2011014726A1 (en) | 2009-07-31 | 2011-02-03 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Mtor inhibitor and angiogenesis inhibitor combination therapy |
US8389526B2 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2013-03-05 | Novartis Ag | 3-heteroarylmethyl-imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl derivatives |
AU2010283806A1 (en) | 2009-08-12 | 2012-03-01 | Novartis Ag | Heterocyclic hydrazone compounds and their uses to treat cancer and inflammation |
JP5819831B2 (en) | 2009-08-17 | 2015-11-24 | インテリカイン, エルエルシー | Heterocyclic compounds and their use |
KR20120089463A (en) | 2009-08-20 | 2012-08-10 | 노파르티스 아게 | Heterocyclic oxime compounds |
IN2012DN01693A (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2015-06-05 | Novartis Ag | |
WO2011027249A2 (en) | 2009-09-01 | 2011-03-10 | Pfizer Inc. | Benzimidazole derivatives |
US9340555B2 (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2016-05-17 | Allergan, Inc. | Compounds as tyrosine kinase modulators |
MX2012002596A (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2012-07-03 | Allergan Inc | Compounds as tyrosine kinase modulators. |
CN102596963A (en) | 2009-09-10 | 2012-07-18 | 诺瓦提斯公司 | Ether derivatives of bicyclic heteroaryls |
AU2010292060A1 (en) | 2009-09-11 | 2012-04-12 | Genentech, Inc. | Method to identify a patient with an increased likelihood of responding to an anti-cancer agent |
CN102612566B (en) | 2009-09-17 | 2016-02-17 | 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 | For the method and composition of diagnostics purposes in cancer patients |
BR112012010519A2 (en) | 2009-11-04 | 2017-12-05 | Novartis Ag | heterocyclic sulfonamide derivatives |
JP2013512215A (en) | 2009-11-25 | 2013-04-11 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Benzene condensed 6-membered oxygen-containing heterocyclic derivatives of bicyclic heteroaryl |
EA201200823A1 (en) | 2009-12-08 | 2013-02-28 | Новартис Аг | HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES OF SULPHONAMIDES |
WO2011073521A1 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2011-06-23 | Petri Salven | Methods for enriching adult-derived endothelial progenitor cells and uses thereof |
US8440693B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2013-05-14 | Novartis Ag | Substituted isoquinolinones and quinazolinones |
CU24130B1 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2015-09-29 | Novartis Ag | ISOQUINOLINONES AND REPLACED QUINAZOLINONES |
WO2011098971A1 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2011-08-18 | Pfizer Inc. | Salts and polymorphs of 8-fluoro-2-{4-[(methylamino}methyl]phenyl}-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-6h-azepino[5,4,3-cd]indol-6-one |
US20110217309A1 (en) | 2010-03-03 | 2011-09-08 | Buck Elizabeth A | Biological markers predictive of anti-cancer response to insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor kinase inhibitors |
JP2013527748A (en) | 2010-03-03 | 2013-07-04 | オーエスアイ・ファーマシューティカルズ,エルエルシー | Biological markers useful for predicting anticancer responses to insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor kinase inhibitors |
ES2603613T3 (en) | 2010-04-06 | 2017-02-28 | University Health Network | Kinase inhibitors and their use in cancer treatment |
WO2011153224A2 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Genentech, Inc. | Diagnostic methods and compositions for treatment of cancer |
ES2611479T3 (en) | 2010-06-16 | 2017-05-09 | University Of Pittsburgh- Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education | Endoplasmin antibodies and their use |
WO2011157787A1 (en) | 2010-06-17 | 2011-12-22 | Novartis Ag | Biphenyl substituted 1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-ylideneamine derivatives |
US20130085161A1 (en) | 2010-06-17 | 2013-04-04 | Novartis Ag | Piperidinyl substituted 1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-ylideneamine derivatives |
EP2586443B1 (en) | 2010-06-25 | 2016-03-16 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Antitumor agent using compounds having kinase inhibitory effect in combination |
JP2013538338A (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2013-10-10 | エフ・ホフマン−ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト | Methods for identifying patients with increased likelihood of response to anti-cancer therapy |
SG187018A1 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2013-02-28 | Hoffmann La Roche | Method to identify a patient with an increased likelihood of responding to an anti-cancer therapy |
WO2012012750A1 (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2012-01-26 | Trustees Of Boston University | ANTI-DEsupR INHIBITORS AS THERAPEUTICS FOR INHIBITION OF PATHOLOGICAL ANGIOGENESIS AND TUMOR CELL INVASIVENESS AND FOR MOLECULAR IMAGING AND TARGETED DELIVERY |
CN101912363A (en) * | 2010-07-29 | 2010-12-15 | 蔡海德 | Dissolving ultrafiltration-spray drying-molecule dispersion coating-hydration palletizing-freeze drying method for preparing liposome combination medicine |
AR082418A1 (en) | 2010-08-02 | 2012-12-05 | Novartis Ag | CRYSTAL FORMS OF 1- (4-METHYL-5- [2- (2,2,2-TRIFLUORO-1,1-DIMETHYL-Ethyl) -PIRIDIN-4-IL] -TIAZOL-2-IL) -AMIDE OF 2 -AMIDA OF THE ACID (S) -PIRROLIDIN-1,2-DICARBOXILICO |
WO2012027716A1 (en) | 2010-08-27 | 2012-03-01 | Collabrx, Inc. | Method to treat melanoma in braf inhibitor-resistant subjects |
WO2012035078A1 (en) | 2010-09-16 | 2012-03-22 | Novartis Ag | 17α-HYDROXYLASE/C17,20-LYASE INHIBITORS |
WO2012042421A1 (en) | 2010-09-29 | 2012-04-05 | Pfizer Inc. | Method of treating abnormal cell growth |
EP2630134B9 (en) | 2010-10-20 | 2018-04-18 | Pfizer Inc | Pyridine-2- derivatives as smoothened receptor modulators |
AP2013007043A0 (en) | 2011-01-31 | 2013-08-31 | Novartis Ag | Novel heterocyclic derivatives |
WO2012107500A1 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2012-08-16 | Novartis Ag | [1, 2, 4] triazolo [4, 3 -b] pyridazine compounds as inhibitors of the c-met tyrosine kinase |
US20120214830A1 (en) | 2011-02-22 | 2012-08-23 | OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC | Biological markers predictive of anti-cancer response to insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor kinase inhibitors in hepatocellular carcinoma |
WO2012116237A2 (en) | 2011-02-23 | 2012-08-30 | Intellikine, Llc | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
EP2683722A1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-01-15 | Novartis AG | Fluorophenyl bicyclic heteroaryl compounds |
DK2688887T3 (en) | 2011-03-23 | 2015-06-29 | Amgen Inc | DEHYDRATED tricyclic DUALINHIBITORER OF CDK 4/6 AND FLT3 |
US9150644B2 (en) | 2011-04-12 | 2015-10-06 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Human monoclonal antibodies that bind insulin-like growth factor (IGF) I and II |
CA2828946C (en) | 2011-04-18 | 2016-06-21 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Therapeutic agent for tumor |
EP2699598B1 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2019-03-06 | Pfizer Inc | Combinations of anti-4-1bb antibodies and adcc-inducing antibodies for the treatment of cancer |
WO2012149014A1 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2012-11-01 | OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC | Use of emt gene signatures in cancer drug discovery, diagnostics, and treatment |
ES2656218T3 (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2018-02-26 | Novartis Ag | 17 alpha-hydroxylase / C17,20-lyase inhibitors |
ES2705950T3 (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2019-03-27 | Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd | Biomarkers to predict and assess the responsiveness of subjects with thyroid and kidney cancer to lenvatinib compounds |
CA2838029A1 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2012-12-13 | Novartis Ag | Heterocyclic sulfonamide derivatives |
WO2012175520A1 (en) | 2011-06-20 | 2012-12-27 | Novartis Ag | Hydroxy substituted isoquinolinone derivatives |
US8859586B2 (en) | 2011-06-20 | 2014-10-14 | Novartis Ag | Cyclohexyl isoquinolinone compounds |
ES2671748T3 (en) | 2011-07-21 | 2018-06-08 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Heterocyclic protein kinase inhibitors |
SG187375A1 (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2013-02-28 | Univ Singapore | Benzylidene-indolinone compounds and their medical uses |
US9745288B2 (en) | 2011-08-16 | 2017-08-29 | Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation | Compounds and methods for treating cancer by inhibiting the urokinase receptor |
EP2755976B1 (en) | 2011-09-15 | 2018-07-18 | Novartis AG | 6-substituted 3-(quinolin-6-ylthio)-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridines as c-met tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
WO2013042006A1 (en) | 2011-09-22 | 2013-03-28 | Pfizer Inc. | Pyrrolopyrimidine and purine derivatives |
EP3275902A1 (en) | 2011-10-04 | 2018-01-31 | IGEM Therapeutics Limited | Ige anti-hmw-maa antibody |
WO2013061305A1 (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2013-05-02 | Novartis Ag | Novel purine derivatives and their use in the treatment of disease |
BR112014011115A2 (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2017-06-13 | Pfizer | Methods for treating inflammatory disorders using anti-csf antibodies |
JP5992054B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2016-09-14 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Pyrazolopyrrolidine compound |
BR112014015308A2 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2017-06-13 | Novartis Ag | compounds for inhibiting bcl2 interaction with binding counterparts |
CA2859876A1 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2013-06-27 | Novartis Ag | Compounds for inhibiting the interaction of bcl2 with binding partners |
CA2859873A1 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2013-06-27 | Novartis Ag | Compounds for inhibiting the interaction of bcl2 with binding partners |
US9126980B2 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2015-09-08 | Novartis Ag | Compounds for inhibiting the interaction of BCL2 with binding partners |
CA2859869A1 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2013-06-27 | Novartis Ag | Compounds for inhibiting the interaction of bcl2 with binding partners |
CN102491932A (en) * | 2011-12-26 | 2012-06-13 | 天津科技大学 | 3-indoline ketone derivative, and preparation method and application thereof |
JO3357B1 (en) | 2012-01-26 | 2019-03-13 | Novartis Ag | Imidazopyrrolidinone compounds |
AR090263A1 (en) | 2012-03-08 | 2014-10-29 | Hoffmann La Roche | COMBINED ANTIBODY THERAPY AGAINST HUMAN CSF-1R AND USES OF THE SAME |
CA2868202C (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2021-08-10 | Novartis Ag | Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use |
WO2013152252A1 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2013-10-10 | OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC | Combination anti-cancer therapy |
JP6381523B2 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2018-08-29 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Administration regimen of PI-3 kinase inhibitor |
US9365576B2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2016-06-14 | Novartis Ag | Pyrrolopyrrolidinone compounds |
US9394257B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2016-07-19 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | PKM2 modulators and methods for their use |
US9260426B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-02-16 | Arrien Pharmaceuticals Llc | Substituted 1H-pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridine and 1H-pyrazolo [3, 4-b] pyridine derivatives as salt inducible kinase 2 (SIK2) inhibitors |
CN104755463A (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-07-01 | 卫材R&D管理有限公司 | Amorphous form of quinoline derivative, and method for producing same |
EP2948453B1 (en) | 2013-01-22 | 2017-08-02 | Novartis AG | Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidinone compounds as inhibitors of the p53/mdm2 interaction |
WO2014115077A1 (en) | 2013-01-22 | 2014-07-31 | Novartis Ag | Substituted purinone compounds |
US10202356B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-02-12 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | JAK2 and ALK2 inhibitors and methods for their use |
CA2906542A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Intellikine, Llc | Combination of kinase inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2014155268A2 (en) | 2013-03-25 | 2014-10-02 | Novartis Ag | Fgf-r tyrosine kinase activity inhibitors - use in diseases associated with lack of or reduced snf5 activity |
US9206188B2 (en) | 2013-04-18 | 2015-12-08 | Arrien Pharmaceuticals Llc | Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridines as ITK and JAK inhibitors |
MX368099B (en) | 2013-05-14 | 2019-09-19 | Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd | Biomarkers for predicting and assessing responsiveness of endometrial cancer subjects to lenvatinib compounds. |
WO2015008206A1 (en) | 2013-07-14 | 2015-01-22 | Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. | Igf-1r signaling pathway inhibitors useful in the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases |
US9227969B2 (en) | 2013-08-14 | 2016-01-05 | Novartis Ag | Compounds and compositions as inhibitors of MEK |
WO2015022664A1 (en) | 2013-08-14 | 2015-02-19 | Novartis Ag | Compounds and compositions as inhibitors of mek |
WO2015022663A1 (en) | 2013-08-14 | 2015-02-19 | Novartis Ag | Compounds and compositions as inhibitors of mek |
DK3052102T3 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2020-03-09 | Aptose Biosciences Inc | CANCER TREATMENT COMPOSITIONS |
WO2015054781A1 (en) | 2013-10-18 | 2015-04-23 | University Health Network | Treatment for pancreatic cancer |
WO2015073833A1 (en) * | 2013-11-15 | 2015-05-21 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Methods for delaying or preventing the onset of type 1 diabetes |
UA115388C2 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2017-10-25 | Пфайзер Інк. | 2,6-substituted purine derivatives and their use in the treatment of proliferative disorders |
TW201605450A (en) | 2013-12-03 | 2016-02-16 | 諾華公司 | Combination of Mdm2 inhibitor and BRAF inhibitor and their use |
JP2016539149A (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2016-12-15 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Alpha-isoform selective phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitor dosing regimen |
WO2015106158A1 (en) | 2014-01-09 | 2015-07-16 | Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. | Organic compounds |
BR112016021383A2 (en) | 2014-03-24 | 2017-10-03 | Genentech Inc | METHOD TO IDENTIFY A PATIENT WITH CANCER WHO IS LIKE OR LESS LIKELY TO RESPOND TO TREATMENT WITH A CMET ANTAGONIST, METHOD TO IDENTIFY A PATIENT WITH PREVIOUSLY TREATED CANCER, METHOD TO DETERMINE THE EXPRESSION OF THE HGF BIOMARKER, ANTI-C-MET ANTAGONIST AND ITS USE, DIAGNOSTIC KIT AND ITS PREPARATION METHOD |
CN111808957A (en) | 2014-04-04 | 2020-10-23 | 中美冠科生物技术(太仓)有限公司 | Methods for determining responsiveness to MEK/ERK inhibitors |
WO2015155624A1 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2015-10-15 | Pfizer Inc. | Dihydropyrrolopyrimidine derivatives |
PT3137460T (en) | 2014-04-30 | 2019-12-30 | Pfizer | Cycloalkyl-linked diheterocycle derivatives |
WO2016001789A1 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2016-01-07 | Pfizer Inc. | Pyrimidine derivatives as pi3k inhibitors for use in the treatment of cancer |
CA2954862A1 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2016-02-04 | Novartis Ag | Combination therapy |
ES2848857T3 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2021-08-12 | Us Gov Health & Human Services | Human monoclonal antibodies against EphA4 and their use |
JO3783B1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2021-01-31 | Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd | Highly pure quinoline derivative and method for producing the same |
CN104326964A (en) * | 2014-09-16 | 2015-02-04 | 中国科学院海洋研究所 | Fluoro2-indolone derivatives and preparation and application thereof |
CN105481751A (en) * | 2014-09-16 | 2016-04-13 | 中国科学院海洋研究所 | 2-indolinone derivatives, preparation and applications thereof |
ES2746839T3 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2020-03-09 | Pfizer | Pyrimidine and triazine derivatives and their use as AXL inhibitors |
CN112494653A (en) | 2015-02-05 | 2021-03-16 | 特尔诺沃有限公司 | Combination of IRS/STAT3 dual modulators and anticancer agents for the treatment of cancer |
DK3263106T3 (en) | 2015-02-25 | 2024-01-08 | Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd | PROCESS FOR SUPPRESSING BITTERNESS OF QUINOLINE DERIVATIVES |
CA2978226A1 (en) | 2015-03-04 | 2016-09-09 | Merck Sharpe & Dohme Corp. | Combination of a pd-1 antagonist and a vegfr/fgfr/ret tyrosine kinase inhibitor for treating cancer |
MX2017013383A (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2017-12-07 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals Inc | Predicting response to alvocidib by mitochondrial profiling. |
US10011629B2 (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2018-07-03 | Cocrystal Pharma, Inc. | Nucleoside analogs for treatment of the flaviviridae family of viruses and cancer |
KR102608921B1 (en) | 2015-05-18 | 2023-12-01 | 스미토모 파마 온콜로지, 인크. | Albocidip prodrug with increased bioavailability |
CN107801379B (en) | 2015-06-16 | 2021-05-25 | 卫材R&D管理有限公司 | Anticancer agent |
WO2017009751A1 (en) | 2015-07-15 | 2017-01-19 | Pfizer Inc. | Pyrimidine derivatives |
MX2018001289A (en) | 2015-08-03 | 2018-04-30 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals Inc | Combination therapies for treatment of cancer. |
AU2016347881A1 (en) | 2015-11-02 | 2018-05-10 | Novartis Ag | Dosage regimen for a phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitor |
JP6877429B2 (en) | 2015-12-03 | 2021-05-26 | アジオス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド | MAT2A inhibitor for treating MTAP null cancer |
WO2018060833A1 (en) | 2016-09-27 | 2018-04-05 | Novartis Ag | Dosage regimen for alpha-isoform selective phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitor alpelisib |
US11279694B2 (en) | 2016-11-18 | 2022-03-22 | Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. | Alvocidib prodrugs and their use as protein kinase inhibitors |
US10132797B2 (en) | 2016-12-19 | 2018-11-20 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Profiling peptides and methods for sensitivity profiling |
RS62456B1 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2021-11-30 | Amgen Inc | Benzisothiazole, isothiazolo[3,4-b]pyridine, quinazoline, phthalazine, pyrido[2,3-d]pyridazine and pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives as kras g12c inhibitors for treating lung, pancreatic or colorectal cancer |
JOP20190272A1 (en) | 2017-05-22 | 2019-11-21 | Amgen Inc | Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same |
SG11202001499WA (en) | 2017-09-08 | 2020-03-30 | Amgen Inc | Inhibitors of kras g12c and methods of using the same |
WO2019055579A1 (en) | 2017-09-12 | 2019-03-21 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treatment regimen for cancers that are insensitive to bcl-2 inhibitors using the mcl-1 inhibitor alvocidib |
US20200237766A1 (en) | 2017-10-13 | 2020-07-30 | Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pkm2 activators in combination with reactive oxygen species for treatment of cancer |
EP3697425A1 (en) | 2017-10-18 | 2020-08-26 | Chemotherapeutisches Forschungsinstitut Georg-Speyer-Haus | Methods and compounds for improved immune cell therapy |
JP7021356B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2022-02-16 | ヘフェイ インスティテューツ オブ フィジカル サイエンス, チャイニーズ アカデミー オブ サイエンシーズ | Pyrimidine derivative kinase inhibitors |
US11045484B2 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2021-06-29 | Amgen Inc. | KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same |
EP3788038B1 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2023-10-11 | Amgen Inc. | Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same |
WO2019217691A1 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2019-11-14 | Amgen Inc. | Kras g12c inhibitors for the treatment of cancer |
US11096939B2 (en) | 2018-06-01 | 2021-08-24 | Amgen Inc. | KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same |
EP3802537A1 (en) | 2018-06-11 | 2021-04-14 | Amgen Inc. | Kras g12c inhibitors for treating cancer |
MX2020012261A (en) | 2018-06-12 | 2021-03-31 | Amgen Inc | Kras g12c inhibitors encompassing a piperazine ring and use thereof in the treatment of cancer. |
CA3103995A1 (en) | 2018-07-26 | 2020-01-30 | Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. | Methods for treating diseases associated with abnormal acvr1 expression and acvr1 inhibitors for use in the same |
JP2020090482A (en) | 2018-11-16 | 2020-06-11 | アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド | Improved synthesis of key intermediate of kras g12c inhibitor compound |
JP7377679B2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2023-11-10 | アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド | Combination therapy comprising a KRASG12C inhibitor and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of cancer |
CA3117222A1 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2020-05-28 | Amgen Inc. | Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same |
CN109912490B (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2020-10-16 | 深圳大学 | Indole compound Plannyindole E and preparation method thereof |
MX2021006544A (en) | 2018-12-04 | 2021-07-07 | Sumitomo Pharma Oncology Inc | Cdk9 inhibitors and polymorphs thereof for use as agents for treatment of cancer. |
MA54547A (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2022-03-30 | Amgen Inc | HETEROARYL AMIDES USEFUL AS KIF18A INHIBITORS |
MA54546A (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2022-03-30 | Amgen Inc | HETEROARYL AMIDES USEFUL AS KIF18A INHIBITORS |
PE20211475A1 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2021-08-05 | Amgen Inc | KIF18A INHIBITORS |
ES2953821T3 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2023-11-16 | Amgen Inc | KIF18A inhibitors |
EP3924351A4 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2022-12-21 | Sumitomo Pharma Oncology, Inc. | Formulations comprising heterocyclic protein kinase inhibitors |
US20230096028A1 (en) | 2019-03-01 | 2023-03-30 | Revolution Medicines, Inc. | Bicyclic heterocyclyl compounds and uses thereof |
JP2022522777A (en) | 2019-03-01 | 2022-04-20 | レボリューション メディシンズ インコーポレイテッド | Bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and their use |
WO2020191326A1 (en) | 2019-03-20 | 2020-09-24 | Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. | Treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (aml) with venetoclax failure |
AU2020245437A1 (en) | 2019-03-22 | 2021-09-30 | Sumitomo Pharma Oncology, Inc. | Compositions comprising PKM2 modulators and methods of treatment using the same |
EP3738593A1 (en) | 2019-05-14 | 2020-11-18 | Amgen, Inc | Dosing of kras inhibitor for treatment of cancers |
EP3972973A1 (en) | 2019-05-21 | 2022-03-30 | Amgen Inc. | Solid state forms |
WO2021026098A1 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2021-02-11 | Amgen Inc. | Kif18a inhibitors |
AU2020324963A1 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2022-02-24 | Amgen Inc. | KIF18A inhibitors |
US20220372018A1 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2022-11-24 | Amgen Inc. | Kif18a inhibitors |
RU2734495C1 (en) * | 2019-09-13 | 2020-10-19 | Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Московский государственный университет имени М.В. Ломоносова" (МГУ) | Method of treating diabetes mellitus |
WO2021081212A1 (en) | 2019-10-24 | 2021-04-29 | Amgen Inc. | Pyridopyrimidine derivatives useful as kras g12c and kras g12d inhibitors in the treatment of cancer |
CA3159559A1 (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2021-05-14 | Revolution Medicines, Inc. | Ras inhibitors |
TW202132314A (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2021-09-01 | 美商銳新醫藥公司 | Ras inhibitors |
PE20230249A1 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2023-02-07 | Revolution Medicines Inc | BICYCLIC HETEROARYL COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES |
WO2021097212A1 (en) | 2019-11-14 | 2021-05-20 | Amgen Inc. | Improved synthesis of kras g12c inhibitor compound |
AR120456A1 (en) | 2019-11-14 | 2022-02-16 | Amgen Inc | ENHANCED SYNTHESIS OF KRAS G12C INHIBITOR COMPOUND |
US20220395553A1 (en) | 2019-11-14 | 2022-12-15 | Cohbar, Inc. | Cxcr4 antagonist peptides |
JP2023505100A (en) | 2019-11-27 | 2023-02-08 | レボリューション メディシンズ インコーポレイテッド | Covalent RAS inhibitors and uses thereof |
BR112022010086A2 (en) | 2020-01-07 | 2022-09-06 | Revolution Medicines Inc | SHP2 INHIBITOR DOSAGE AND CANCER TREATMENT METHODS |
WO2021155006A1 (en) | 2020-01-31 | 2021-08-05 | Les Laboratoires Servier Sas | Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinases and uses thereof |
CN115916194A (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2023-04-04 | 锐新医药公司 | Methods for delaying, preventing and treating acquired resistance to RAS inhibitors |
US11945809B2 (en) | 2020-07-19 | 2024-04-02 | King Saud University | Isatin derivatives |
AU2021344830A1 (en) | 2020-09-03 | 2023-04-06 | Revolution Medicines, Inc. | Use of SOS1 inhibitors to treat malignancies with SHP2 mutations |
KR20230067635A (en) | 2020-09-15 | 2023-05-16 | 레볼루션 메디슨즈, 인크. | Indole derivatives as RAS inhibitors in the treatment of cancer |
CN117396472A (en) | 2020-12-22 | 2024-01-12 | 上海齐鲁锐格医药研发有限公司 | SOS1 inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2022235870A1 (en) | 2021-05-05 | 2022-11-10 | Revolution Medicines, Inc. | Ras inhibitors for the treatment of cancer |
CN117500811A (en) | 2021-05-05 | 2024-02-02 | 锐新医药公司 | Covalent RAS inhibitors and uses thereof |
CR20230570A (en) | 2021-05-05 | 2024-01-22 | Revolution Medicines Inc | Ras inhibitors |
IT202100023357A1 (en) | 2021-09-09 | 2023-03-09 | Cheirontech S R L | Peptides with anti-angiogenic activity |
AR127308A1 (en) | 2021-10-08 | 2024-01-10 | Revolution Medicines Inc | RAS INHIBITORS |
WO2023081923A1 (en) | 2021-11-08 | 2023-05-11 | Frequency Therapeutics, Inc. | Platelet-derived growth factor receptor (pdgfr) alpha inhibitors and uses thereof |
TW202340214A (en) | 2021-12-17 | 2023-10-16 | 美商健臻公司 | Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors |
EP4227307A1 (en) | 2022-02-11 | 2023-08-16 | Genzyme Corporation | Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors |
US20230263771A1 (en) * | 2022-02-21 | 2023-08-24 | University Of Houston System | Small molecules that treat or prevent viral infections |
WO2023172940A1 (en) | 2022-03-08 | 2023-09-14 | Revolution Medicines, Inc. | Methods for treating immune refractory lung cancer |
WO2023240263A1 (en) | 2022-06-10 | 2023-12-14 | Revolution Medicines, Inc. | Macrocyclic ras inhibitors |
WO2024081916A1 (en) | 2022-10-14 | 2024-04-18 | Black Diamond Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of treating cancers using isoquinoline or 6-aza-quinoline derivatives |
Family Cites Families (78)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
NL104796C (en) * | 1957-08-19 | |||
DE878539C (en) * | 1939-08-17 | 1953-06-05 | Hoechst Ag | Process for the production of methine dyes |
BE553661A (en) * | 1955-12-23 | |||
NL96047C (en) * | 1956-06-08 | |||
FR1398224A (en) * | 1964-05-06 | 1965-05-07 | Ici Ltd | Process for dyeing polyacrylonitrile textile materials |
DE2159362A1 (en) * | 1971-11-30 | 1973-06-14 | Bayer Ag | Amino-3-(5-nitro-2-furfurylidene)oxindoles - with antibacterial and antimycotic activity |
DE2159360A1 (en) * | 1971-11-30 | 1973-06-14 | Bayer Ag | Acylamino-3-(5-nitro-2-furfurylidene) oxindoles - with antibacterial and antimycotic activity |
DE2159361A1 (en) * | 1971-11-30 | 1973-06-14 | Bayer Ag | Diacylamino-3-(5-nitro-2-furfurylidene) oxindoles - - with antibacterial and antimycotic activity |
DE2159363A1 (en) * | 1971-11-30 | 1973-06-14 | Bayer Ag | Antimicrobial nitrofurans - useful eg as feed additives |
GB1384599A (en) * | 1972-05-04 | 1975-02-19 | Colgate Palmolive Co | Coloured detergent compositions |
US4002749A (en) * | 1975-08-12 | 1977-01-11 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Substituted indolinones |
US4053613A (en) | 1975-09-17 | 1977-10-11 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | 1,3,thiazolinyl and 1,3 thiazinyl substituted indolinones |
DE3310891A1 (en) * | 1983-03-25 | 1984-09-27 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim | NEW INDOLINON (2) DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS |
DE3426419A1 (en) * | 1984-07-18 | 1986-01-23 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim | NEW OXINDOL DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS, AND INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS |
US4827847A (en) * | 1985-05-30 | 1989-05-09 | Her Majesty The Queen In Right Of Canada | Short range tubular projectile |
JPS6229570A (en) * | 1985-07-29 | 1987-02-07 | Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd | 3,5-diisopropylbenzylidene heterocyclic compound |
JPH078851B2 (en) * | 1985-07-29 | 1995-02-01 | 鐘淵化学工業株式会社 | 3-phenylthiomethylstyrene derivative |
JPS6239564A (en) * | 1985-08-13 | 1987-02-20 | Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Alpha-benzylidene-gamma-butyrolactone or gamma-butyrolactam derivative |
US4966849A (en) * | 1985-09-20 | 1990-10-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | CDNA and genes for human angiogenin (angiogenesis factor) and methods of expression |
WO1993012786A1 (en) * | 1986-07-10 | 1993-07-08 | Howard Harry R Jr | Indolinone derivatives |
JPS63141955A (en) * | 1986-12-03 | 1988-06-14 | Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Tribenzylamine derivative |
EP0304493B1 (en) * | 1987-03-11 | 1992-09-02 | Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Hydroxystyrene derivatives |
US5202341A (en) * | 1987-03-11 | 1993-04-13 | Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Hydroxystyrene compounds having tyrosine kinase inhibiting activity |
US5089516A (en) * | 1987-03-11 | 1992-02-18 | Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | 1-phenyl-3,5-pyrazolidinedione hydroxystyrene compounds which have tyrosine kinase inhibiting activity |
US5217999A (en) * | 1987-12-24 | 1993-06-08 | Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem | Styryl compounds which inhibit EGF receptor protein tyrosine kinase |
US4868304A (en) * | 1988-05-27 | 1989-09-19 | Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc. | Synthesis of nitrogen heterocycles |
GB8816945D0 (en) | 1988-07-15 | 1988-08-17 | Ici Plc | Polymeric foams |
GB8816944D0 (en) * | 1988-07-15 | 1988-08-17 | Sobio Lab | Compounds |
EP0429685B1 (en) * | 1989-07-25 | 1997-10-29 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Company, Limited | Oxoindole derivative |
GB9004483D0 (en) * | 1990-02-28 | 1990-04-25 | Erba Carlo Spa | New aryl-and heteroarylethenylene derivatives and process for their preparation |
CA2012634A1 (en) * | 1990-03-20 | 1991-09-20 | Hassan Salari | Tyrphostins for treatment of allergic, inflammatory and cardiovascular diseases |
DE69105495T2 (en) * | 1990-04-02 | 1995-04-06 | Pfizer | BENZYLPHOSPHONIC ACID TYROSINKINAS INHIBITORS. |
US5196446A (en) | 1990-04-16 | 1993-03-23 | Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem | Certain indole compounds which inhibit EGF receptor tyrosine kinase |
US5302606A (en) * | 1990-04-16 | 1994-04-12 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Styryl-substituted pyridyl compounds which inhibit EGF receptor tyrosine kinase |
WO1992007830A2 (en) * | 1990-10-29 | 1992-05-14 | Pfizer Inc. | Oxindole peptide antagonists |
US5480883A (en) | 1991-05-10 | 1996-01-02 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Bis mono- and bicyclic aryl and heteroaryl compounds which inhibit EGF and/or PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase |
SG64322A1 (en) * | 1991-05-10 | 1999-04-27 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Int | Bis mono and bicyclic aryl and heteroaryl compounds which inhibit egf and/or pdgf receptor tyrosine kinase |
JPH06503095A (en) * | 1991-05-29 | 1994-04-07 | ファイザー・インコーポレーテッド | Tricyclic polyhydroxy tyrosine kinase inhibitor |
GB9115160D0 (en) * | 1991-07-12 | 1991-08-28 | Erba Carlo Spa | Methylen-oxindole derivatives and process for their preparation |
US5124347A (en) * | 1991-07-31 | 1992-06-23 | Warner-Lambert Co. | 3-5-ditertiarybutylphenyl-4-hydroxymethylidene derivatives of 1,3-dihydro-2H-indole-2-ones as antiinflammatory agents |
JPH0558894A (en) * | 1991-08-27 | 1993-03-09 | Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Antitumor agent |
US5322950A (en) * | 1991-12-05 | 1994-06-21 | Warner-Lambert Company | Imidazole with angiotensin II antagonist properties |
EP0549348A1 (en) * | 1991-12-24 | 1993-06-30 | PHARMACIA S.p.A. | Arylidene-heterocyclic derivatives, process for their preparation and their use as tyrisine kinase inhibitors |
AU661533B2 (en) | 1992-01-20 | 1995-07-27 | Astrazeneca Ab | Quinazoline derivatives |
FR2689397A1 (en) * | 1992-04-01 | 1993-10-08 | Adir | Use of di:tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzylidenyl-indoline-2-one - as an antioxidant, prostanoid synthesis inhibitor and platelet anti aggregant to treat atheroma, arteriosclerosis inflammatory diseases, etc. |
EP0641204B1 (en) | 1992-05-20 | 2000-08-16 | Merck & Co. Inc. | 17-ethers and thioethers of 4-aza-steroids |
FR2694004B1 (en) * | 1992-07-21 | 1994-08-26 | Adir | News 3- (Hydroxybenzylidenyl) -indoline-2-ones and 3- (hydroxybenzylidenyl) -indoline-2-thiones, methods of preparation, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. |
HUT71553A (en) * | 1992-08-06 | 1995-12-28 | Warner Lambert Co | 2-thioindoles (selenoindoles) and related disulfides (selenides) which inhibit protein tyrosine kinases and which have antitumor properties |
US5565324A (en) | 1992-10-01 | 1996-10-15 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags |
US5330992A (en) * | 1992-10-23 | 1994-07-19 | Sterling Winthrop Inc. | 1-cyclopropyl-4-pyridyl-quinolinones |
CA2145985C (en) * | 1992-10-28 | 2003-09-16 | Napoleone Ferrara | Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists |
FR2698397B1 (en) | 1992-11-20 | 1995-06-09 | Arte | PROCESS FOR INSULATION AND EXTERIOR COATING OF A CONSTRUCTION AND NEW TYPE OF CORNER FOR ITS IMPLEMENTATION. |
DE4239169A1 (en) * | 1992-11-21 | 1994-05-26 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Cyclobutane - benzene derivatives |
GB9226855D0 (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1993-02-17 | Erba Carlo Spa | Vinylene-azaindole derivatives and process for their preparation |
JP3507124B2 (en) * | 1993-05-26 | 2004-03-15 | 塩野義製薬株式会社 | Method for producing benzylidene derivative |
EP0632102B1 (en) * | 1993-06-28 | 1997-04-02 | Bayer Ag | Mass dyeing of synthetic material |
GB9313638D0 (en) * | 1993-07-01 | 1993-08-18 | Erba Carlo Spa | Arylidene and heteroarylidene oxindole derivatives and process for their preparation |
US5502072A (en) * | 1993-11-26 | 1996-03-26 | Pfizer Inc. | Substituted oxindoles |
FR2713431B1 (en) * | 1993-12-01 | 1996-02-16 | Dehaeze Jean Marie | Improvement to the "Power amplifier-speaker enclosure" interface. |
GB9326136D0 (en) * | 1993-12-22 | 1994-02-23 | Erba Carlo Spa | Biologically active 3-substituted oxindole derivatives useful as anti-angiogenic agents |
GB9412719D0 (en) * | 1994-06-24 | 1994-08-17 | Erba Carlo Spa | Substituted azaindolylidene compounds and process for their preparation |
GB9423997D0 (en) * | 1994-11-28 | 1995-01-11 | Erba Carlo Spa | Substituted 3-arylidene-7-azaoxindole compounds and process for their preparation |
GB9501567D0 (en) * | 1995-01-26 | 1995-03-15 | Pharmacia Spa | Hydrosoluble 3-arylidene-2-oxindole derivatives as tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
GB9507298D0 (en) * | 1995-04-07 | 1995-05-31 | Pharmacia Spa | Substituted indolylmethylene-oxindale analogues as tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
US5880141A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1999-03-09 | Sugen, Inc. | Benzylidene-Z-indoline compounds for the treatment of disease |
ES2201266T3 (en) * | 1996-01-17 | 2004-03-16 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Company Limited | INHIBITORS OF THE THREAT OF THE INTIMATE LAYER. |
EP0788890A1 (en) * | 1996-02-06 | 1997-08-13 | Agfa-Gevaert N.V. | Dyes and dye-donor elements for thermal dye transfer recording |
AU2066797A (en) * | 1996-03-21 | 1997-10-10 | Sugen, Inc. | Assays for kdr/flk-1 receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
JP3118467B2 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2000-12-18 | ファイザー インク. | Benzyl (idene) -lactam derivatives as selective (ant) agonists of 5-HT1A and / or 5-HT1D receptors, their preparation and use |
JP3696330B2 (en) * | 1996-04-18 | 2005-09-14 | 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 | Method for producing 3- (diarylmethylene) oxindole derivative |
WO1998007835A2 (en) | 1996-08-21 | 1998-02-26 | Sugen, Inc. | Crystal structures of a protein tyrosine kinase |
EP1247803A3 (en) | 1996-08-23 | 2002-10-16 | Sugen, Inc. | Indolinone compounds suitable for modulation of protein kinases |
AU7622698A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 1998-06-29 | Sugen, Inc. | Use of indolinone compounds as modulators of protein kinases |
ATE554750T1 (en) | 1997-03-05 | 2012-05-15 | Sugen Inc | PREPARATIONS CONTAINING HYDROPHOBIC PHARMACEUTICAL ACTIVE INGREDIENTS |
CA2289102A1 (en) | 1997-05-07 | 1998-11-12 | Sugen, Inc. | 2-indolinone derivatives as modulators of protein kinase activity |
GB9716557D0 (en) | 1997-08-06 | 1997-10-08 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Benzylidene-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivatives having anti-cancer activity |
JP2002507598A (en) | 1998-03-26 | 2002-03-12 | スージェン・インコーポレーテッド | A family of heterocyclic compounds for regulating tyrosine protein kinase |
HUP0103617A2 (en) | 1998-05-29 | 2002-02-28 | Sugen, Inc. | Pyrrole substituted 2-indolinone protein kinase inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and their use |
-
1995
- 1995-06-07 US US08/485,323 patent/US5880141A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1996
- 1996-06-05 WO PCT/US1996/008903 patent/WO1996040116A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1996-06-05 JP JP50136397A patent/JP3231044B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1996-06-05 HU HU9701694A patent/HU226755B1/en unknown
- 1996-06-05 US US08/659,191 patent/US5883113A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 EP EP96918093A patent/EP0769947B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 AU AU60441/96A patent/AU706597C/en not_active Expired
- 1996-06-05 CN CNB961906162A patent/CN1268333C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 DK DK96918093T patent/DK0769947T3/en active
- 1996-06-05 CA CA002192797A patent/CA2192797C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 EP EP99103667A patent/EP0934931A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1996-06-05 US US08/655,224 patent/US5883116A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 DE DE29623744U patent/DE29623744U1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 MX MX9606401A patent/MX9606401A/en unknown
- 1996-06-05 PT PT96918093T patent/PT769947E/en unknown
- 1996-06-05 BR BR9606410A patent/BR9606410A/en active Search and Examination
- 1996-06-05 AT AT96918093T patent/ATE200863T1/en active
- 1996-06-05 NZ NZ310109A patent/NZ310109A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1996-06-05 US US08/655,225 patent/US5834504A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 US US08/655,226 patent/US5886020A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 ES ES96918093T patent/ES2159741T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 DE DE69612649T patent/DE69612649T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-05 US US08/655,223 patent/US5792783A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1996-06-11 AR ARP960103100A patent/AR003088A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1996-12-13 NO NO19965377A patent/NO311355B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
1998
- 1998-01-02 HK HK98100009A patent/HK1001121A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-11 HK HK98113193A patent/HK1011933A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-12-15 US US09/212,494 patent/US6225335B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1999
- 1999-06-07 JP JP11159567A patent/JP2000026412A/en active Pending
-
2001
- 2001-01-22 US US09/765,619 patent/US6469032B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-07-31 GR GR20010401166T patent/GR3036315T3/en unknown
-
2002
- 2002-08-26 US US10/227,550 patent/US20030176487A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-11-19 AR ARP020104442A patent/AR037562A2/en unknown
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2192797C (en) | Indolinone compounds for the treatment of disease | |
US5763470A (en) | Benzopyran compounds and methods for their use | |
US6506763B2 (en) | 3-(substituted)-2-indolinones compounds and use thereof as inhibitors of protein kinase activity | |
US6316635B1 (en) | 2-indolinone derivatives as modulators of protein kinase activity | |
US6683082B2 (en) | Bicyclic protein kinase inhibitors | |
WO2000008202A2 (en) | 3-methylidenyl-2-indolinone modulators of protein kinase | |
EP1165513A1 (en) | Indolinone compounds as kinase inhibitors | |
WO1998024432A2 (en) | Use of indolinone compounds as modulators of protein kinases | |
US6689806B1 (en) | Indolinone compounds as kinase inhibitors | |
US6906093B2 (en) | Indolinone combinatorial libraries and related products and methods for the treatment of disease | |
US6130238A (en) | 3-(cyclohexanoheteroarylidenyl)-2-indolinone protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors | |
US6569868B2 (en) | 2-indolinone derivatives as modulators of protein kinase activity |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20160606 |
|
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20160606 |